Merge branch 'vim'
[MacVim.git] / src / screen.c
blob1f63785d7497b10931911f42d659e271e5919540
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
15 * that changed.
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands).
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes.
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[]
21 * for each line.
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line.
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form
25 * one character which occupies two display cells.
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0.
31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used.
33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the
34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character).
36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating
37 * ScreenLines[].
39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be
41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed.
43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
45 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line)
46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is
51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
56 * later.
58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change
62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for
63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later.
70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call
75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling
76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not
77 * change, use NOT_VALID then.
79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID).
80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
85 * Things that are handled indirectly:
86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
87 * update_screen() called to redraw.
90 #include "vim.h"
93 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen.
95 static int screen_attr = 0;
98 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position.
99 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char().
101 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */
103 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
104 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */
105 #endif
107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
108 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */
109 #endif
112 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes).
114 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine;
116 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp));
117 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl));
118 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
119 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row));
120 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum));
121 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr));
122 #endif
123 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange));
124 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols));
125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
126 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag));
127 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl))
128 #else
129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width));
130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c))
131 #endif
132 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
133 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row));
134 #endif
135 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
136 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp));
137 #endif
138 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
139 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0
140 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void));
141 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void));
142 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum));
143 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol));
144 #endif
145 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr));
146 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
148 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
149 #endif
150 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void));
151 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
152 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
153 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
154 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp));
155 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp));
156 #endif
157 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del));
158 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp));
159 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void));
160 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
161 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void));
162 #endif
163 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
164 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin));
165 #endif
166 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
167 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr));
168 #endif
169 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
170 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler));
171 #endif
172 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
173 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always));
174 #endif
176 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
177 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */
178 static int screen_char_attr = 0;
179 #endif
182 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type).
183 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
184 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
186 void
187 redraw_later(type)
188 int type;
190 redraw_win_later(curwin, type);
193 void
194 redraw_win_later(wp, type)
195 win_T *wp;
196 int type;
198 if (wp->w_redr_type < type)
200 wp->w_redr_type = type;
201 if (type >= NOT_VALID)
202 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
203 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */
204 must_redraw = type;
209 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used
210 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen.
212 void
213 redraw_later_clear()
215 redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
216 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
217 if (gui.in_use)
218 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in
219 * gui_stop_highlight(). */
220 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1;
221 else
222 #endif
223 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */
224 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE;
228 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
230 void
231 redraw_all_later(type)
232 int type;
234 win_T *wp;
236 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
238 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
243 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
245 void
246 redraw_curbuf_later(type)
247 int type;
249 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
252 void
253 redraw_buf_later(buf, type)
254 buf_T *buf;
255 int type;
257 win_T *wp;
259 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
261 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
262 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
267 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
268 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
269 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
270 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
271 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
272 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
274 void
275 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid)
276 linenr_T lnum;
277 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */
279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
280 int i;
281 #endif
283 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum)
284 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum;
285 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
286 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
287 redraw_later(VALID);
289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
290 if (invalid)
292 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */
293 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum);
294 if (i >= 0)
295 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
297 #endif
301 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
303 void
304 update_curbuf(type)
305 int type;
307 redraw_curbuf_later(type);
308 update_screen(type);
312 * update_screen()
314 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull
315 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline.
317 void
318 update_screen(type)
319 int type;
321 win_T *wp;
322 static int did_intro = FALSE;
323 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
324 int did_one;
325 #endif
327 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */
328 if (!screen_valid(TRUE))
329 return;
331 if (must_redraw)
333 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */
334 type = must_redraw;
336 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird
337 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous
338 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a
339 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */
340 must_redraw = 0;
343 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */
344 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID)
345 type = NOT_VALID;
347 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called
348 * recursively. */
349 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen)
351 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */
352 must_redraw = type;
353 if (type > INVERTED_ALL)
354 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */
355 return;
358 updating_screen = TRUE;
359 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
360 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of
361 * display updating */
362 #endif
365 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
367 if (msg_scrolled)
369 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
370 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */
371 type = CLEAR;
372 else if (type != CLEAR)
374 check_for_delay(FALSE);
375 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
376 type = CLEAR;
377 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
379 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled)
381 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled
382 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
383 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
384 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
386 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp);
387 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
389 else
391 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
392 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
393 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp)
394 <= msg_scrolled)
395 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
396 #endif
400 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
401 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
402 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
403 #endif
405 msg_scrolled = 0;
406 need_wait_return = FALSE;
409 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */
410 compute_cmdrow();
412 /* Check for changed highlighting */
413 if (need_highlight_changed)
414 highlight_changed();
416 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */
418 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
419 type = NOT_VALID;
422 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */
423 check_for_delay(FALSE);
425 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
426 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
427 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
428 && curwin->w_nrwidth != (curwin->w_p_nu ? number_width(curwin) : 0))
429 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
430 #endif
433 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
435 if (type == INVERTED)
436 update_curswant();
437 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
438 && !((type == VALID
439 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
440 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
441 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
442 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
443 #endif
444 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
445 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
446 || (type == INVERTED
447 && VIsual_active
448 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
449 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
450 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
451 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
452 #endif
454 curwin->w_redr_type = type;
456 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
457 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
458 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID)
459 draw_tabline();
460 #endif
462 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
464 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
465 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once.
467 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
469 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set)
471 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
472 win_T *wwp;
474 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */
475 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next)
476 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer)
477 break;
478 # endif
479 if (
480 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
481 wwp == wp &&
482 # endif
483 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer))
484 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer);
487 #endif
490 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
491 * it.
493 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
494 did_one = FALSE;
495 #endif
496 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
497 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
498 #endif
499 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
501 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
503 cursor_off();
504 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
505 if (!did_one)
507 did_one = TRUE;
508 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
509 start_search_hl();
510 # endif
511 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
512 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
513 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
514 clip_update_selection();
515 # endif
516 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
517 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because
518 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under
519 * it. */
520 if (gui.in_use)
521 gui_undraw_cursor();
522 #endif
524 #endif
525 win_update(wp);
528 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
529 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */
530 if (wp->w_redr_status)
532 cursor_off();
533 win_redr_status(wp);
535 #endif
537 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
538 end_search_hl();
539 #endif
541 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
542 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster
543 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
544 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
545 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE;
546 #else
547 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
548 #endif
550 updating_screen = FALSE;
551 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
552 gui_may_resize_shell();
553 #endif
555 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may
556 * mess up the command line. */
557 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
558 showmode();
560 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */
561 if (!did_intro && bufempty()
562 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL
563 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
564 && firstwin->w_next == NULL
565 #endif
566 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL)
567 intro_message(FALSE);
568 did_intro = TRUE;
570 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
571 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
572 * done. */
573 if (gui.in_use)
575 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
576 if (did_one)
577 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
578 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
580 #endif
583 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI)
584 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void));
585 static void update_finish __ARGS((void));
588 * Prepare for updating one or more windows.
589 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness.
591 static void
592 update_prepare()
594 cursor_off();
595 updating_screen = TRUE;
596 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
597 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may
598 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */
599 if (gui.in_use)
600 gui_undraw_cursor();
601 #endif
602 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
603 start_search_hl();
604 #endif
608 * Finish updating one or more windows.
610 static void
611 update_finish()
613 if (redraw_cmdline)
614 showmode();
616 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
617 end_search_hl();
618 # endif
620 updating_screen = FALSE;
622 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
623 gui_may_resize_shell();
625 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
626 * done. */
627 if (gui.in_use)
629 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
630 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
631 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
633 # endif
635 #endif
637 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
638 void
639 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum)
640 buf_T *buf;
641 linenr_T lnum;
643 win_T *wp;
644 int doit = FALSE;
646 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
647 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
648 # endif
650 /* update/delete a specific mark */
651 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
653 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0)
655 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline
656 && lnum < wp->w_botline)
658 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum)
659 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
660 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
661 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
662 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
665 else
666 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
667 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
668 doit = TRUE;
671 /* Return when there is nothing to do or screen updating already
672 * happening. */
673 if (!doit || updating_screen)
674 return;
676 /* update all windows that need updating */
677 update_prepare();
679 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
680 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
682 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
683 win_update(wp);
684 if (wp->w_redr_status)
685 win_redr_status(wp);
687 # else
688 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0)
689 win_update(curwin);
690 # endif
692 update_finish();
694 #endif
697 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
699 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg.
700 * Used for the GUI scrollbar.
702 void
703 updateWindow(wp)
704 win_T *wp;
706 /* return if already busy updating */
707 if (updating_screen)
708 return;
710 update_prepare();
712 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
713 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
714 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
715 clip_update_selection();
716 #endif
718 win_update(wp);
720 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
721 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */
722 if (redraw_tabline)
723 draw_tabline();
725 if (wp->w_redr_status
726 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
727 || p_ru
728 # endif
729 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
730 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL
731 # endif
733 win_redr_status(wp);
734 #endif
736 update_finish();
738 #endif
741 * Update a single window.
743 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
744 * screen or scrolling lines).
746 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also
747 * implies the one below it.
748 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window
749 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible
750 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
751 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area
752 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area
753 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
754 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
755 * 3. redraw changed text:
756 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
757 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
758 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
759 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
760 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
761 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
762 * This results in three areas that may need updating:
763 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
764 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
765 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
767 static void
768 win_update(wp)
769 win_T *wp;
771 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
772 int type;
773 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs
774 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */
775 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs
776 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */
777 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs
778 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */
779 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs
780 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */
781 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
782 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when
783 w_topline got smaller a bit */
784 #endif
785 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
786 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
787 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */
788 #endif
790 int row; /* current window row to display */
791 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */
792 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */
793 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */
795 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */
796 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */
797 int i;
798 long j;
799 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */
800 int old_botline = wp->w_botline;
801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
802 long fold_count;
803 #endif
804 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
805 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if
806 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */
807 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */
808 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */
809 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */
810 int did_update = DID_NONE;
811 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */
812 #endif
813 linenr_T mod_top = 0;
814 linenr_T mod_bot = 0;
815 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
816 int save_got_int;
817 #endif
819 type = wp->w_redr_type;
821 if (type == NOT_VALID)
823 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
824 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
825 #endif
826 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
829 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */
830 if (wp->w_height == 0)
832 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
833 return;
836 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
837 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */
838 if (wp->w_width == 0)
840 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
841 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
842 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
843 return;
845 #endif
847 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
848 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous
849 * match */
850 cur = wp->w_match_head;
851 while (cur != NULL)
853 cur->hl.rm = cur->match;
854 if (cur->hlg_id == 0)
855 cur->hl.attr = 0;
856 else
857 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id);
858 cur->hl.buf = buf;
859 cur->hl.lnum = 0;
860 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0;
861 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
862 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
863 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm));
864 # endif
865 cur = cur->next;
867 search_hl.buf = buf;
868 search_hl.lnum = 0;
869 search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
870 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */
871 #endif
873 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
874 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
875 i = wp->w_p_nu ? number_width(wp) : 0;
876 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i)
878 type = NOT_VALID;
879 wp->w_nrwidth = i;
881 else
882 #endif
884 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0)
887 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
888 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
889 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
891 type = NOT_VALID;
893 else
896 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
897 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
899 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
900 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0)
901 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
902 else
903 mod_bot = 0;
904 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */
905 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
906 if (buf->b_mod_set)
908 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top)
910 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
911 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
912 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
913 * in a pattern match. */
914 if (syntax_present(buf))
916 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
917 if (mod_top < 1)
918 mod_top = 1;
920 #endif
922 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot)
923 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
925 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
926 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
927 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
928 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible
929 * lines above the change.
930 * Same for a match pattern.
932 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
933 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog))
934 top_to_mod = TRUE;
935 else
937 cur = wp->w_match_head;
938 while (cur != NULL)
940 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL
941 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog))
943 top_to_mod = TRUE;
944 break;
946 cur = cur->next;
949 #endif
951 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
952 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp))
954 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb;
957 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
958 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
959 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
960 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first
961 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two.
964 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to
965 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
966 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb
967 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
968 lnumt = wp->w_topline;
969 lnumb = MAXLNUM;
970 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
971 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
973 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top)
974 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
975 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot)
977 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
978 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating
979 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */
980 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
981 ++lnumb;
985 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
986 if (mod_top > lnumt)
987 mod_top = lnumt;
989 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */
990 --mod_bot;
991 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL);
992 ++mod_bot;
993 if (mod_bot < lnumb)
994 mod_bot = lnumb;
996 #endif
998 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
999 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
1000 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
1001 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
1002 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline)
1004 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline)
1005 mod_top = wp->w_topline;
1006 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1007 else if (syntax_present(buf))
1008 top_end = 1;
1009 #endif
1012 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
1013 * inserted/deleted lines. */
1014 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu)
1015 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1019 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when
1020 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
1022 if (type == REDRAW_TOP)
1024 j = 0;
1025 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1027 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1028 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows)
1030 top_end = j;
1031 break;
1034 if (top_end == 0)
1035 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */
1036 type = NOT_VALID;
1037 else
1038 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */
1039 type = VALID;
1042 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will
1043 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still
1044 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not
1045 * called. */
1046 if (screen_cleared)
1047 screen_cleared = MAYBE;
1050 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
1051 * handle three cases:
1052 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
1053 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
1054 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
1055 * w_lines[] that needs updating.
1057 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID
1058 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
1059 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1060 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill
1061 #endif
1064 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top)
1067 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done
1068 * further down.
1071 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
1072 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1073 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1074 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1075 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
1076 #endif
1080 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
1082 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1083 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
1085 linenr_T ln;
1087 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
1088 * of folded lines as one */
1089 j = 0;
1090 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln)
1092 ++j;
1093 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2)
1094 break;
1095 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL);
1098 else
1099 #endif
1100 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1101 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */
1103 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1104 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1105 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */
1106 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline)
1107 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
1108 - wp->w_old_topfill;
1109 #endif
1110 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */
1113 * Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1114 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1115 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1117 if (i > 0)
1118 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1119 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1121 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1123 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1124 * first one that scrolled down. */
1125 top_end = i;
1126 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1127 scrolled_down = TRUE;
1128 #endif
1130 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1131 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */
1132 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height)
1133 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1134 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--)
1135 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1136 while (idx >= 0)
1137 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1140 else
1141 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1143 else
1144 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1146 else
1147 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1149 else
1152 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1153 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1154 * needs updating.
1157 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */
1158 j = -1;
1159 row = 0;
1160 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++)
1162 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1163 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1165 j = i;
1166 break;
1168 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1170 if (j == -1)
1172 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1173 * lines */
1174 mid_start = 0;
1176 else
1179 * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1180 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1182 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1183 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1184 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1185 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1186 row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1187 else
1188 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1189 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */
1190 row -= wp->w_topfill;
1191 #endif
1192 if (row > 0)
1194 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1195 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1196 bot_start = wp->w_height - row;
1197 else
1198 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1200 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1203 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1204 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info
1205 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set
1206 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1208 bot_start = 0;
1209 idx = 0;
1210 for (;;)
1212 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1213 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1214 * valid (no lines deleted) */
1215 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1216 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height)
1218 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1219 break;
1221 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1223 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1224 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1226 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1227 break;
1230 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1231 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1232 * when it won't get updated below. */
1233 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0)
1234 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size =
1235 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE)
1236 + wp->w_topfill;
1237 #endif
1242 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When
1243 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen
1244 * first. */
1245 if (mid_start == 0)
1247 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1248 if (lastwin == firstwin)
1250 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or
1251 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE
1252 * then. */
1253 if (screen_cleared != TRUE)
1254 screenclear();
1255 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
1256 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */
1257 if (redraw_tabline)
1258 draw_tabline();
1259 #endif
1263 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be
1264 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear()
1265 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to
1266 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */
1267 if (screen_cleared == TRUE)
1268 must_redraw = 0;
1270 else
1272 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */
1273 mid_start = 0;
1274 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1277 if (type == SOME_VALID)
1279 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */
1280 mid_start = 0;
1281 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1282 type = NOT_VALID;
1285 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1286 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */
1287 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1288 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID))
1290 linenr_T from, to;
1292 if (VIsual_active)
1294 if (VIsual_active
1295 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode
1296 || type == INVERTED_ALL))
1299 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1300 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1301 * gained or lost.
1303 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum)
1305 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1306 to = VIsual.lnum;
1308 else
1310 from = VIsual.lnum;
1311 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1313 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */
1314 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from)
1315 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1316 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to)
1317 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1318 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from)
1319 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1320 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1321 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1323 else
1326 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1327 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1328 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed.
1330 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum)
1332 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1333 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1335 else
1337 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1338 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1339 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */
1340 from = to;
1343 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1344 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col)
1346 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1347 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0)
1348 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1349 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1350 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1351 if (VIsual.lnum < from)
1352 from = VIsual.lnum;
1353 if (VIsual.lnum > to)
1354 to = VIsual.lnum;
1359 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1360 * update all lines.
1361 * First compute the actual start and end column.
1363 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
1365 colnr_T fromc, toc;
1367 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1368 ++toc;
1369 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL)
1370 toc = MAXCOL;
1372 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1373 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol)
1375 if (from > VIsual.lnum)
1376 from = VIsual.lnum;
1377 if (to < VIsual.lnum)
1378 to = VIsual.lnum;
1380 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1381 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1384 else
1386 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */
1387 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum)
1389 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1390 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1392 else
1394 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1395 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1400 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1402 if (from < wp->w_topline)
1403 from = wp->w_topline;
1406 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1407 * the lines that are visible in the window.
1409 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1411 if (from >= wp->w_botline)
1412 from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1413 if (to >= wp->w_botline)
1414 to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1418 * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1419 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1420 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1421 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1422 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1423 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1424 * mid_end (in srow).
1426 if (mid_start > 0)
1428 lnum = wp->w_topline;
1429 idx = 0;
1430 srow = 0;
1431 if (scrolled_down)
1432 mid_start = top_end;
1433 else
1434 mid_start = 0;
1435 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */
1437 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1438 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1439 else if (!scrolled_down)
1440 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1441 ++idx;
1442 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1443 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1444 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1445 else
1446 # endif
1447 ++lnum;
1449 srow += mid_start;
1450 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1451 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */
1453 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1454 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1)
1456 /* Only update until first row of this line */
1457 mid_end = srow;
1458 break;
1460 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1465 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1467 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1468 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1469 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1470 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1471 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1473 else
1475 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1476 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1477 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1478 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1480 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
1482 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1483 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */
1484 save_got_int = got_int;
1485 got_int = 0;
1486 #endif
1487 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1488 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
1489 #endif
1492 * Update all the window rows.
1494 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1495 row = 0;
1496 srow = 0;
1497 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */
1498 for (;;)
1500 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1501 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1502 if (row == wp->w_height)
1504 didline = TRUE;
1505 break;
1508 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */
1509 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1511 eof = TRUE;
1512 break;
1515 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1516 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1517 srow = row;
1520 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1521 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1522 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1523 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1524 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1525 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1526 * the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1528 if (row < top_end
1529 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1530 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1531 || top_to_mod
1532 #endif
1533 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1534 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1535 || (mod_top != 0
1536 && (lnum == mod_top
1537 || (lnum >= mod_top
1538 && (lnum < mod_bot
1539 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1540 || did_update == DID_FOLD
1541 || (did_update == DID_LINE
1542 && syntax_present(buf)
1543 && (
1544 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1545 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1546 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) ||
1547 # endif
1548 syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1549 #endif
1550 )))))
1552 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1553 if (lnum == mod_top)
1554 top_to_mod = FALSE;
1555 #endif
1558 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1559 * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1560 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1561 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$".
1563 if (lnum == mod_top
1564 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1565 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1))
1567 int old_rows = 0;
1568 int new_rows = 0;
1569 int xtra_rows;
1570 linenr_T l;
1572 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1573 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1574 * currently displayed. */
1575 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1577 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid
1578 * lines are part of the changed area. */
1579 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1580 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot)
1581 break;
1582 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1583 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1584 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1585 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot)
1587 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1588 * Add following invalid entries. */
1589 ++i;
1590 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1591 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
1592 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1593 break;
1595 #endif
1598 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1600 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1601 * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1602 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1603 bot_start = 0;
1605 else
1607 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1608 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1609 j = idx;
1610 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l)
1612 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1613 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL))
1614 ++new_rows;
1615 else
1616 #endif
1617 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1618 if (l == wp->w_topline)
1619 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE)
1620 + wp->w_topfill;
1621 else
1622 #endif
1623 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE);
1624 ++j;
1625 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2)
1627 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */
1628 new_rows = 9999;
1629 break;
1632 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1633 if (xtra_rows < 0)
1635 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough
1636 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1637 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1638 * below the scrolled text. */
1639 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1640 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1641 else
1643 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1644 if (win_del_lines(wp, row,
1645 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1646 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1647 else
1648 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows;
1651 else if (xtra_rows > 0)
1653 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough
1654 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1655 * rest. */
1656 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1657 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1658 else
1660 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1661 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows,
1662 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1663 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1664 else if (top_end > row + old_rows)
1665 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1666 * updating down. */
1667 top_end += xtra_rows;
1671 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1672 * entries. */
1673 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j)
1675 if (j < i)
1677 int x = row + new_rows;
1679 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */
1680 for (;;)
1682 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */
1683 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1685 wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1686 break;
1688 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1689 /* stop at a line that won't fit */
1690 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1691 > wp->w_height)
1693 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1694 break;
1696 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1697 ++i;
1699 if (bot_start > x)
1700 bot_start = x;
1702 else /* j > i */
1704 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */
1705 j -= i;
1706 wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1707 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height)
1708 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1709 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i)
1710 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1712 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1713 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1714 * Reset to zero. */
1715 while (i >= idx)
1717 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1718 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1725 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1727 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1728 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1729 * 'wrap' is on).
1731 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo);
1732 if (fold_count != 0)
1734 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row);
1735 ++row;
1736 --fold_count;
1737 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE;
1738 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count;
1739 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1740 did_update = DID_FOLD;
1741 # endif
1743 else
1744 #endif
1745 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1746 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1747 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1748 && lnum > wp->w_topline
1749 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)
1750 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height
1751 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1752 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0
1753 #endif
1756 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here,
1757 * will draw "@ " lines below. */
1758 row = wp->w_height + 1;
1760 else
1762 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1763 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1764 #endif
1765 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1766 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */
1767 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1768 && syntax_present(buf))
1769 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1770 #endif
1773 * Display one line.
1775 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0);
1777 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1778 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE;
1779 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1780 #endif
1781 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1782 did_update = DID_LINE;
1783 syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1784 #endif
1787 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1788 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE;
1789 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1791 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */
1792 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1793 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
1794 ++idx;
1795 break;
1797 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1798 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1799 ++idx;
1800 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1801 lnum += fold_count + 1;
1802 #else
1803 ++lnum;
1804 #endif
1806 else
1808 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */
1809 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1810 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1811 break;
1812 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1813 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1814 #else
1815 ++lnum;
1816 #endif
1817 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1818 did_update = DID_NONE;
1819 #endif
1822 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1824 eof = TRUE;
1825 break;
1829 * End of loop over all window lines.
1833 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid)
1834 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1836 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1838 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1840 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf))
1841 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1842 #endif
1845 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1846 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1848 wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1849 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1850 wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1851 #endif
1852 if (!eof && !didline)
1854 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
1857 * Single line that does not fit!
1858 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1860 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1862 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1863 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow)
1865 /* Window ends in filler lines. */
1866 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1867 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow;
1869 #endif
1870 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */
1873 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1875 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
1876 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
1877 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1878 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1879 set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1880 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1882 else
1884 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1885 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1888 else
1890 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1891 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
1892 #endif
1893 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */
1895 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1896 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1897 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1898 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill)
1901 * Display filler lines at the end of the file
1903 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
1904 i = '-';
1905 else
1906 i = fill_diff;
1907 if (row + j > wp->w_height)
1908 j = wp->w_height - row;
1909 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED);
1910 row += j;
1912 #endif
1914 else if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1915 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1917 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */
1918 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */
1919 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1922 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */
1923 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1924 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1925 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1926 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1927 #endif
1929 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1932 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each
1933 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1934 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the
1935 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1936 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was
1937 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1938 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw
1939 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1940 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where
1941 * changes are relevant).
1943 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1944 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive)
1946 recursive = TRUE;
1947 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1948 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */
1949 if (must_redraw != 0)
1951 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */
1952 i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1953 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
1954 win_update(curwin);
1955 must_redraw = 0;
1956 curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1958 recursive = FALSE;
1962 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1963 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */
1964 if (!got_int)
1965 got_int = save_got_int;
1966 #endif
1969 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1970 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp));
1973 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in.
1975 static int
1976 draw_signcolumn(wp)
1977 win_T *wp;
1979 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
1980 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1981 || usingNetbeans
1982 # endif
1985 #endif
1988 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2"
1989 * as the filler character.
1991 static void
1992 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl)
1993 win_T *wp;
1994 int c1;
1995 int c2;
1996 int row;
1997 int endrow;
1998 hlf_T hl;
2000 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN)
2001 int n = 0;
2002 # define FDC_OFF n
2003 #else
2004 # define FDC_OFF 0
2005 #endif
2007 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2008 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2010 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */
2011 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2012 n = wp->w_p_fdc;
2014 if (n > 0)
2016 /* draw the fold column at the right */
2017 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp))
2018 n = W_WIDTH(wp);
2019 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2020 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2021 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2023 # endif
2024 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2025 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2027 int nn = n + 2;
2029 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */
2030 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2031 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2032 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2033 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
2034 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2035 n = nn;
2037 # endif
2038 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2039 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF,
2040 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2041 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2042 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF,
2043 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2045 else
2046 #endif
2048 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2049 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2051 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */
2052 n = 1;
2053 if (n > wp->w_width)
2054 n = wp->w_width;
2055 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2056 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n,
2057 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
2059 #endif
2060 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2061 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
2063 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc;
2065 /* draw the fold column at the left */
2066 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2067 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2068 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2069 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2070 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2071 n = nn;
2073 #endif
2074 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2075 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2077 int nn = n + 2;
2079 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */
2080 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2081 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2082 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2083 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2084 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2085 n = nn;
2087 #endif
2088 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2089 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2090 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2092 set_empty_rows(wp, row);
2095 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2097 * Display one folded line.
2099 static void
2100 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row)
2101 win_T *wp;
2102 long fold_count;
2103 foldinfo_T *foldinfo;
2104 linenr_T lnum;
2105 int row;
2107 char_u buf[51];
2108 pos_T *top, *bot;
2109 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1;
2110 int len;
2111 char_u *text;
2112 int fdc;
2113 int col;
2114 int txtcol;
2115 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
2116 int ri;
2118 /* Build the fold line:
2119 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2120 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2121 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2122 * 4. Compose the text
2123 * 5. Add the text
2124 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text
2126 col = 0;
2129 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2130 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left.
2132 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2133 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2135 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type;
2136 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
2137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2138 if (enc_utf8)
2139 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
2140 #endif
2141 ++col;
2143 #endif
2146 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2148 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc;
2149 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2150 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2151 if (fdc > 0)
2153 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum);
2154 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2155 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2157 int i;
2159 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc,
2160 hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2161 /* reverse the fold column */
2162 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i)
2163 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i];
2165 else
2166 #endif
2167 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2168 col += fdc;
2171 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2172 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \
2173 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2174 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \
2175 else \
2176 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2177 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2178 #else
2179 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2180 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2181 #endif
2183 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */
2184 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col);
2186 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2187 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */
2188 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2190 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2191 if (len > 0)
2193 if (len > 2)
2194 len = 2;
2195 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2196 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2197 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2198 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col,
2199 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2200 else
2201 # endif
2202 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2203 col += len;
2206 #endif
2209 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2211 if (wp->w_p_nu)
2213 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2214 if (len > 0)
2216 int w = number_width(wp);
2218 if (len > w + 1)
2219 len = w + 1;
2220 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum);
2221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2222 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2223 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2224 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len,
2225 hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2226 else
2227 #endif
2228 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2229 col += len;
2234 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set.
2236 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf);
2238 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */
2241 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold".
2242 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put
2243 * in columns number-col - window-width.
2245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2246 if (has_mbyte)
2248 int cells;
2249 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO];
2250 int i;
2251 int idx;
2252 int c_len;
2253 char_u *p;
2254 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2255 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2256 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2257 # endif
2259 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2260 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2261 idx = off;
2262 else
2263 # endif
2264 idx = off + col;
2266 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */
2267 for (p = text; *p != NUL; )
2269 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
2270 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
2271 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp)
2272 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2273 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0)
2274 # endif
2276 break;
2277 ScreenLines[idx] = *p;
2278 if (enc_utf8)
2280 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc);
2281 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
2283 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0;
2284 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2285 prev_c = u8c;
2286 #endif
2288 else
2290 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2291 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
2293 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
2294 int pc, pc1, nc;
2295 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
2296 int firstbyte = *p;
2298 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
2299 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
2300 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2302 pc = prev_c;
2303 pc1 = prev_c1;
2304 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
2305 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
2307 else
2309 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc);
2310 nc = prev_c;
2311 pc1 = pcc[0];
2313 prev_c = u8c;
2315 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0],
2316 pc, pc1, nc);
2317 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte;
2319 else
2320 prev_c = u8c;
2321 #endif
2322 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
2323 #ifdef UNICODE16
2324 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
2325 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
2326 else
2327 #endif
2328 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c;
2329 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
2331 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i];
2332 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
2333 break;
2336 if (cells > 1)
2337 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0;
2339 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
2340 /* double-byte single width character */
2341 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1];
2342 else if (cells > 1)
2343 /* double-width character */
2344 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1];
2345 col += cells;
2346 idx += cells;
2347 p += c_len;
2350 else
2351 #endif
2353 len = (int)STRLEN(text);
2354 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2355 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2356 if (len > 0)
2358 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2359 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2360 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len);
2361 else
2362 #endif
2363 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len);
2364 col += len;
2368 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */
2369 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2370 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2371 col -= txtcol;
2372 #endif
2373 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)
2374 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2375 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0)
2376 #endif
2379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2380 if (enc_utf8)
2382 if (fill_fold >= 0x80)
2384 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold;
2385 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0;
2387 else
2388 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0;
2390 #endif
2391 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold;
2394 if (text != buf)
2395 vim_free(text);
2398 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text.
2399 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line.
2401 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2402 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2404 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2406 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2407 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2408 bot = &VIsual;
2410 else
2412 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2413 top = &VIsual;
2414 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2416 if (lnum >= top->lnum
2417 && lnume <= bot->lnum
2418 && (VIsual_mode != 'v'
2419 || ((lnum > top->lnum
2420 || (lnum == top->lnum
2421 && top->col == 0))
2422 && (lnume < bot->lnum
2423 || (lnume == bot->lnum
2424 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e'))
2425 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE)))))))
2427 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
2429 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */
2430 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2432 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2433 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2434 else
2435 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol;
2436 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V),
2437 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol);
2440 else
2442 /* Set all attributes of the text */
2443 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol);
2447 #endif
2449 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2450 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */
2451 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
2453 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol;
2454 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2455 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol;
2456 else
2457 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol;
2458 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp))
2459 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr(
2460 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
2462 #endif
2464 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
2465 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE);
2468 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
2469 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
2471 if (wp == curwin
2472 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2473 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2475 curwin->w_cline_row = row;
2476 curwin->w_cline_height = 1;
2477 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE;
2478 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
2483 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr".
2485 static void
2486 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr)
2487 int off;
2488 char_u *buf;
2489 int len;
2490 int attr;
2492 int i;
2494 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len);
2495 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2496 if (enc_utf8)
2497 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len);
2498 # endif
2499 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2500 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr;
2504 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
2505 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0.
2507 static void
2508 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum)
2509 char_u *p;
2510 win_T *wp;
2511 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */
2512 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */
2514 int i = 0;
2515 int level;
2516 int first_level;
2517 int empty;
2519 /* Init to all spaces. */
2520 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc);
2522 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level;
2523 if (level > 0)
2525 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */
2526 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1;
2528 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
2529 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */
2530 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty;
2531 if (first_level < 1)
2532 first_level = 1;
2534 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i)
2536 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
2537 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level)
2538 p[i] = '-';
2539 else if (first_level == 1)
2540 p[i] = '|';
2541 else if (first_level + i <= 9)
2542 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i;
2543 else
2544 p[i] = '>';
2545 if (first_level + i == level)
2546 break;
2549 if (closed)
2550 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+';
2552 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */
2555 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
2556 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached.
2557 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
2559 * Return the number of last row the line occupies.
2561 static int
2562 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
2563 win_T *wp;
2564 linenr_T lnum;
2565 int startrow;
2566 int endrow;
2567 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */
2569 int col; /* visual column on screen */
2570 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */
2571 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */
2572 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */
2573 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */
2574 char_u *line; /* current line */
2575 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */
2576 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */
2577 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */
2579 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */
2580 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */
2581 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */
2582 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */
2583 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */
2584 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when
2585 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */
2586 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */
2587 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */
2589 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */
2590 int saved_n_extra = 0;
2591 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL;
2592 int saved_c_extra = 0;
2593 int saved_char_attr = 0;
2595 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */
2596 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */
2597 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */
2598 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */
2600 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */
2602 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */
2603 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */
2604 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */
2605 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2606 pos_T *top, *bot;
2607 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE;
2608 #endif
2609 pos_T pos;
2610 long v;
2612 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */
2613 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */
2614 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting
2615 in this line */
2616 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */
2617 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */
2618 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */
2619 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2620 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */
2621 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */
2622 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */
2623 int save_did_emsg;
2624 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */
2625 #endif
2626 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2627 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */
2628 # define SPWORDLEN 150
2629 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */
2630 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */
2631 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line
2632 starts */
2633 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */
2634 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */
2635 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */
2636 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2637 * there are no spell errors */
2638 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */
2639 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */
2640 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */
2641 #endif
2642 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */
2643 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2644 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */
2645 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */
2646 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */
2647 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */
2648 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */
2649 #endif
2650 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2651 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */
2652 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */
2653 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */
2654 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */
2655 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */
2656 #endif
2657 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */
2658 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2659 int need_showbreak = FALSE;
2660 #endif
2661 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \
2662 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2663 # define LINE_ATTR
2664 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */
2665 #endif
2666 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2667 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
2668 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
2669 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
2670 has been processed or not */
2671 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol
2672 equals startcol of search_hl or one
2673 of the matches */
2674 #endif
2675 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2676 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2677 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2678 #endif
2679 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
2680 int did_line_attr = 0;
2681 #endif
2683 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */
2684 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */
2685 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2686 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */
2687 #else
2688 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START
2689 #endif
2690 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2691 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */
2692 #else
2693 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE
2694 #endif
2695 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2696 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */
2697 #else
2698 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */
2699 #endif
2700 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */
2701 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2702 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */
2703 #else
2704 # define WL_SBR WL_NR
2705 #endif
2706 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */
2707 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */
2708 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM))
2709 int feedback_col = 0;
2710 int feedback_old_attr = -1;
2711 #endif
2714 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */
2715 return startrow;
2717 row = startrow;
2718 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp);
2721 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2722 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2724 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2725 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2726 #else
2727 extra_check = 0;
2728 #endif
2729 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2730 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error)
2732 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an
2733 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */
2734 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2735 did_emsg = FALSE;
2736 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2737 if (did_emsg)
2738 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
2739 else
2741 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2742 has_syntax = TRUE;
2743 extra_check = TRUE;
2746 #endif
2748 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2749 if (wp->w_p_spell
2750 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL
2751 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0
2752 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL)
2754 /* Prepare for spell checking. */
2755 has_spell = TRUE;
2756 extra_check = TRUE;
2758 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2759 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2760 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */
2761 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2762 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2764 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE);
2765 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2768 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2769 * line is valid. */
2770 if (lnum == checked_lnum)
2771 cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2772 checked_lnum = 0;
2774 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2775 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check
2776 * the first word. */
2777 if (lnum != capcol_lnum)
2778 cap_col = -1;
2779 if (lnum == 1)
2780 cap_col = 0;
2781 capcol_lnum = 0;
2783 #endif
2786 * handle visual active in this window
2788 fromcol = -10;
2789 tocol = MAXCOL;
2790 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2791 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2793 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2794 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2796 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2797 bot = &VIsual;
2799 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2801 top = &VIsual;
2802 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2804 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum);
2805 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */
2807 if (lnum_in_visual_area)
2809 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2810 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2813 else /* non-block mode */
2815 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2816 fromcol = 0;
2817 else if (lnum == top->lnum)
2819 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */
2820 fromcol = 0;
2821 else
2823 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2824 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL)
2825 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2828 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum)
2830 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2831 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2832 && bot->coladd == 0
2833 #endif
2836 fromcol = -10;
2837 tocol = MAXCOL;
2839 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL)
2840 tocol = MAXCOL;
2841 else
2843 pos = *bot;
2844 if (*p_sel == 'e')
2845 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2846 else
2848 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2849 ++tocol;
2855 #ifndef MSDOS
2856 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */
2857 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2858 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
2859 && !gui.in_use
2860 # endif
2862 noinvcur = TRUE;
2863 #endif
2865 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */
2866 if (fromcol >= 0)
2868 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2869 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V);
2870 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)
2871 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel())
2872 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC);
2873 #endif
2878 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2880 else
2881 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
2882 if (highlight_match
2883 && wp == curwin
2884 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2885 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2887 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2888 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2889 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2890 else
2891 fromcol = 0;
2892 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2894 pos.lnum = lnum;
2895 pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2896 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2898 else
2899 tocol = MAXCOL;
2900 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */
2901 if (fromcol == tocol)
2902 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2903 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2904 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
2907 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2908 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2909 if (filler_lines < 0)
2911 if (filler_lines == -1)
2913 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end))
2914 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2915 else if (change_start == 0)
2916 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
2917 else
2918 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
2920 else
2921 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2922 filler_lines = 0;
2923 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2925 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
2926 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2927 filler_todo = filler_lines;
2928 #endif
2930 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
2931 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2932 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */
2933 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL);
2934 if (v != 0)
2935 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE);
2936 # endif
2937 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
2938 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */
2939 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum)
2940 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
2941 # endif
2942 if (line_attr != 0)
2943 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2944 #endif
2946 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2947 ptr = line;
2949 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2950 if (has_spell)
2952 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
2953 if (cap_col == 0)
2954 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
2956 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2957 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was
2958 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2959 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL)
2961 /* No next line or it is empty. */
2962 nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2963 nextline_idx = 0;
2965 else
2967 v = (long)STRLEN(line);
2968 if (v < SPWORDLEN)
2970 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2971 * next line. */
2972 nextlinecol = 0;
2973 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2974 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN);
2975 nextline_idx = v + 1;
2977 else
2979 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */
2980 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2981 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);
2982 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2986 #endif
2988 /* find start of trailing whitespace */
2989 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail)
2991 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2992 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1]))
2993 --trailcol;
2994 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line);
2995 extra_check = TRUE;
2999 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
3000 * first character to be displayed.
3002 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3003 v = wp->w_skipcol;
3004 else
3005 v = wp->w_leftcol;
3006 if (v > 0)
3008 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3009 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr;
3010 #endif
3011 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL)
3013 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
3014 vcol += c;
3015 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3016 prev_ptr = ptr;
3017 #endif
3018 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
3021 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL)
3022 /* When:
3023 * - 'cuc' is set, or
3024 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or
3025 * - the visual mode is active,
3026 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part.
3028 if (vcol < v && (
3029 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3030 wp->w_p_cuc
3031 # if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL)
3033 # endif
3034 # endif
3035 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3036 virtual_active()
3037 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
3039 # endif
3040 # endif
3041 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
3042 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
3043 # endif
3046 vcol = v;
3048 #endif
3050 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
3051 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
3052 if (vcol > v)
3054 vcol -= c;
3055 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3056 ptr = prev_ptr;
3057 #else
3058 --ptr;
3059 #endif
3060 n_skip = v - vcol;
3064 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
3065 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
3067 if (tocol <= vcol)
3068 fromcol = 0;
3069 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol)
3070 fromcol = vcol;
3072 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3073 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */
3074 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3075 need_showbreak = TRUE;
3076 #endif
3077 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3078 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
3079 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */
3080 if (has_spell)
3082 int len;
3083 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
3084 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3086 pos = wp->w_cursor;
3087 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3088 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol;
3089 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf);
3091 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */
3092 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3093 ptr = line + linecol;
3095 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line)
3097 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
3098 * word */
3099 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3100 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer)
3101 - line + 1);
3103 else
3105 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */
3106 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1;
3108 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3109 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3110 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3112 wp->w_cursor = pos;
3114 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3115 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */
3116 if (has_syntax)
3117 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
3118 # endif
3120 #endif
3124 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
3125 * Avoids having to check this for each character.
3127 if (fromcol >= 0)
3129 if (noinvcur)
3131 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol)
3133 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
3134 * cursor */
3135 fromcol_prev = fromcol;
3136 fromcol = -1;
3138 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol)
3139 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */
3140 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
3142 if (fromcol >= tocol)
3143 fromcol = -1;
3146 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3148 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches.
3149 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list.
3151 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3152 shl_flag = FALSE;
3153 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3155 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
3157 shl = &search_hl;
3158 shl_flag = TRUE;
3160 else
3161 shl = &cur->hl;
3162 shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
3163 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3164 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3165 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3167 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3168 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3170 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
3171 * invalid. */
3172 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3173 ptr = line + v;
3175 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum)
3177 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3178 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3179 else
3180 shl->startcol = 0;
3181 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
3182 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum)
3183 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3184 else
3185 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3186 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */
3187 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3190 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL)
3191 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol);
3192 else
3193 #endif
3194 ++shl->endcol;
3196 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */
3198 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3199 search_attr = shl->attr;
3201 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3204 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3205 cur = cur->next;
3207 #endif
3209 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3210 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is
3211 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */
3212 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active)
3214 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL);
3215 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3217 #endif
3219 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
3220 col = 0;
3221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3222 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3224 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
3225 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the
3226 * rightmost column of the window. */
3227 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;
3228 off += col;
3230 #endif
3233 * Repeat for the whole displayed line.
3235 for (;;)
3237 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */
3238 if (draw_state != WL_LINE)
3240 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3241 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3243 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
3244 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
3246 /* Draw the cmdline character. */
3247 n_extra = 1;
3248 c_extra = cmdwin_type;
3249 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3252 #endif
3254 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3255 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3257 draw_state = WL_FOLD;
3258 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
3260 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */
3261 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum);
3262 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc;
3263 p_extra = extra;
3264 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL;
3265 c_extra = NUL;
3266 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC);
3269 #endif
3271 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
3272 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3274 draw_state = WL_SIGN;
3275 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
3276 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
3277 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)
3278 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3279 && filler_todo <= 0
3280 # endif
3283 int_u text_sign;
3284 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3285 int_u icon_sign;
3286 # endif
3288 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */
3289 c_extra = ' ';
3290 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC);
3291 n_extra = 2;
3293 if (row == startrow)
3295 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3296 SIGN_TEXT);
3297 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3298 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3299 SIGN_ICON);
3300 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0)
3302 /* Use the image in this position. */
3303 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE;
3304 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
3305 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)
3306 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE;
3307 # endif
3308 char_attr = icon_sign;
3310 else
3311 # endif
3312 if (text_sign != 0)
3314 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign);
3315 if (p_extra != NULL)
3317 c_extra = NUL;
3318 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3320 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE);
3325 #endif
3327 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3329 draw_state = WL_NR;
3330 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks
3331 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
3332 if (wp->w_p_nu
3333 && (row == startrow
3334 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3335 + filler_lines
3336 #endif
3337 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL))
3339 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
3340 if (row == startrow
3341 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3342 + filler_lines
3343 #endif
3346 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ",
3347 number_width(wp), (long)lnum);
3348 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0)
3349 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra)
3350 *p_extra = '-';
3351 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3352 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */
3353 rl_mirror(extra);
3354 #endif
3355 p_extra = extra;
3356 c_extra = NUL;
3358 else
3359 c_extra = ' ';
3360 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
3361 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N);
3362 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3363 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of
3364 * the current line differently. */
3365 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
3366 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr);
3367 #endif
3371 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
3372 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3374 draw_state = WL_SBR;
3375 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3376 if (filler_todo > 0)
3378 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */
3379 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
3380 c_extra = '-';
3381 else
3382 c_extra = fill_diff;
3383 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3384 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3385 n_extra = col + 1;
3386 else
3387 # endif
3388 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
3389 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED);
3391 # endif
3392 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3393 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak)
3395 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */
3396 p_extra = p_sbr;
3397 c_extra = NUL;
3398 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr);
3399 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3400 need_showbreak = FALSE;
3401 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
3402 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */
3403 if (tocol == vcol)
3404 tocol += n_extra;
3406 # endif
3408 #endif
3410 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3412 draw_state = WL_LINE;
3413 if (saved_n_extra)
3415 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */
3416 n_extra = saved_n_extra;
3417 c_extra = saved_c_extra;
3418 p_extra = saved_p_extra;
3419 char_attr = saved_char_attr;
3421 else
3422 char_attr = 0;
3426 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */
3427 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin
3428 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol
3429 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3430 && filler_todo <= 0
3431 #endif
3434 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp),
3435 wp->w_p_rl);
3436 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when
3437 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */
3438 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3439 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
3440 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height;
3441 else
3442 #endif
3443 row = wp->w_height;
3444 break;
3447 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting)
3449 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */
3450 if (vcol == fromcol
3451 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3452 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3453 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
3454 #endif
3455 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3456 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */
3457 && vcol < tocol))
3458 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */
3459 else if (area_attr != 0
3460 && (vcol == tocol
3461 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3462 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */
3464 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3465 if (!n_extra)
3468 * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3469 * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3470 * When another match, have to check for start again.
3471 * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3472 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by
3473 * priority).
3475 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3476 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3477 shl_flag = FALSE;
3478 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3480 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3481 && ((cur != NULL
3482 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3483 || cur == NULL))
3485 shl = &search_hl;
3486 shl_flag = TRUE;
3488 else
3489 shl = &cur->hl;
3490 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3492 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3493 && v >= (long)shl->startcol
3494 && v < (long)shl->endcol)
3496 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3498 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol)
3500 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3502 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3504 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3505 * may have made it invalid. */
3506 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3507 ptr = line + v;
3509 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3511 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3512 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0)
3513 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3514 else
3515 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3517 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3519 /* highlight empty match, try again after
3520 * it */
3521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3522 if (has_mbyte)
3523 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line
3524 + shl->endcol);
3525 else
3526 #endif
3527 ++shl->endcol;
3530 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the
3531 * current position */
3532 continue;
3535 break;
3537 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3538 cur = cur->next;
3541 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
3542 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
3543 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3544 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3545 shl_flag = FALSE;
3546 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3548 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3549 && ((cur != NULL
3550 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3551 || cur == NULL))
3553 shl = &search_hl;
3554 shl_flag = TRUE;
3556 else
3557 shl = &cur->hl;
3558 if (shl->attr_cur != 0)
3559 search_attr = shl->attr_cur;
3560 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3561 cur = cur->next;
3564 #endif
3566 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3567 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0)
3569 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start
3570 && n_extra == 0)
3571 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
3572 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end
3573 && n_extra == 0)
3574 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
3575 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3577 #endif
3579 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */
3580 attr_pri = TRUE;
3581 if (area_attr != 0)
3582 char_attr = area_attr;
3583 else if (search_attr != 0)
3584 char_attr = search_attr;
3585 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
3586 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
3587 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */
3588 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3589 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev
3590 || vcol >= tocol))
3591 char_attr = line_attr;
3592 #endif
3593 else
3595 attr_pri = FALSE;
3596 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3597 if (has_syntax)
3598 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3599 else
3600 #endif
3601 char_attr = 0;
3606 * Get the next character to put on the screen.
3609 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to
3610 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other
3611 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3612 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past
3613 * "p_extra[n_extra]".
3614 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3616 if (n_extra > 0)
3618 if (c_extra != NUL)
3620 c = c_extra;
3621 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3622 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */
3623 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3625 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3626 u8cc[0] = 0;
3627 c = 0xc0;
3629 else
3630 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3631 #endif
3633 else
3635 c = *p_extra;
3636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3637 if (has_mbyte)
3639 mb_c = c;
3640 if (enc_utf8)
3642 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3643 * Decode it into "mb_c". */
3644 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra);
3645 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3646 if (mb_l > n_extra)
3647 mb_l = 1;
3648 else if (mb_l > 1)
3650 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc);
3651 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3652 c = 0xc0;
3655 else
3657 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */
3658 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3659 if (mb_l >= n_extra)
3660 mb_l = 1;
3661 else if (mb_l > 1)
3662 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1];
3664 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3665 mb_l = 1;
3667 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3668 * last column. */
3669 if ((
3670 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3671 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3672 # endif
3673 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3674 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3676 c = '>';
3677 mb_c = c;
3678 mb_l = 1;
3679 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3680 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3681 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width
3682 * character at the start of the next line. */
3683 ++n_extra;
3684 --p_extra;
3686 else
3688 n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3689 p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3692 #endif
3693 ++p_extra;
3695 --n_extra;
3697 else
3700 * Get a character from the line itself.
3702 c = *ptr;
3703 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3704 if (has_mbyte)
3706 mb_c = c;
3707 if (enc_utf8)
3709 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3710 * into "mb_c". */
3711 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3712 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3713 if (mb_l > 1)
3715 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
3716 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3717 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */
3718 if (mb_c < 0x80)
3719 c = mb_c;
3720 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3722 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3723 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */
3724 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c))
3726 int i;
3728 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i)
3729 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1];
3730 u8cc[0] = mb_c;
3731 mb_c = ' ';
3735 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3736 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3737 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)
3738 # ifdef UNICODE16
3739 || mb_c >= 0x10000
3740 # endif
3744 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3745 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3747 # ifdef UNICODE16
3748 if (mb_c < 0x10000)
3749 # endif
3751 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c);
3752 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3753 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */
3754 rl_mirror(extra);
3755 # endif
3757 # ifdef UNICODE16
3758 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2)
3759 STRCPY(extra, "?");
3760 else
3761 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */
3762 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237");
3763 # endif
3765 p_extra = extra;
3766 c = *p_extra;
3767 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra);
3768 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3769 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3770 c_extra = NUL;
3771 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3773 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3774 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3775 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3778 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3779 mb_l = 1;
3780 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
3781 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c))
3783 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
3784 int pc, pc1, nc;
3785 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
3787 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
3788 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
3789 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3791 pc = prev_c;
3792 pc1 = prev_c1;
3793 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3794 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
3796 else
3798 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc);
3799 nc = prev_c;
3800 pc1 = pcc[0];
3802 prev_c = mb_c;
3804 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
3806 else
3807 prev_c = mb_c;
3808 #endif
3810 else /* enc_dbcs */
3812 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3813 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3814 mb_l = 1;
3815 else if (mb_l > 1)
3817 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal.
3818 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings!
3820 if (ptr[1] >= 32)
3821 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1];
3822 else
3824 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
3826 /* head byte at end of line */
3827 mb_l = 1;
3828 transchar_nonprint(extra, c);
3830 else
3832 /* illegal tail byte */
3833 mb_l = 2;
3834 STRCPY(extra, "XX");
3836 p_extra = extra;
3837 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1;
3838 c_extra = NUL;
3839 c = *p_extra++;
3840 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3842 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3843 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3844 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3846 mb_c = c;
3850 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3851 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3852 * next line. */
3853 if ((
3854 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3855 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3856 # endif
3857 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3858 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3860 c = '>';
3861 mb_c = c;
3862 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3863 mb_l = 1;
3864 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3865 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be
3866 * displayed at the start of the next line. */
3867 --ptr;
3869 else if (*ptr != NUL)
3870 ptr += mb_l - 1;
3872 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display
3873 * a '<' in the first column. */
3874 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1)
3876 n_extra = 1;
3877 c_extra = '<';
3878 c = ' ';
3879 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3881 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3882 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3883 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3885 mb_c = c;
3886 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3887 mb_l = 1;
3891 #endif
3892 ++ptr;
3894 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */
3895 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160
3896 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3897 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160)
3898 #endif
3899 ) && lcs_nbsp)
3901 c = lcs_nbsp;
3902 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3904 n_attr = 1;
3905 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3906 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3908 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3909 mb_c = c;
3910 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3912 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3913 u8cc[0] = 0;
3914 c = 0xc0;
3916 else
3917 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3918 #endif
3921 if (extra_check)
3923 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3924 int can_spell = TRUE;
3925 #endif
3927 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3928 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3929 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3930 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3931 if (has_syntax && v > 0)
3933 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there
3934 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3935 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3936 did_emsg = FALSE;
3938 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3939 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3940 has_spell ? &can_spell :
3941 # endif
3942 NULL, FALSE);
3944 if (did_emsg)
3946 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3947 has_syntax = FALSE;
3949 else
3950 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3952 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3953 * have made it invalid. */
3954 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3955 ptr = line + v;
3957 if (!attr_pri)
3958 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3959 else
3960 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3962 #endif
3964 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3965 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3966 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3967 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3968 * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3969 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col)
3971 spell_attr = 0;
3972 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3973 if (!attr_pri)
3974 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3975 # endif
3976 if (c != 0 && (
3977 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3978 !has_syntax ||
3979 # endif
3980 can_spell))
3982 char_u *prev_ptr, *p;
3983 int len;
3984 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3985 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3986 if (has_mbyte)
3988 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3989 v -= mb_l - 1;
3991 else
3992 # endif
3993 prev_ptr = ptr - 1;
3995 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3996 * next line concatenated. */
3997 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0)
3998 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol;
3999 else
4000 p = prev_ptr;
4001 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4002 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col,
4003 nochange);
4004 word_end = v + len;
4006 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
4007 * doesn't touch the cursor. */
4008 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT
4009 && (State & INSERT) != 0
4010 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
4011 && wp->w_cursor.col >=
4012 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
4013 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end)
4015 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
4016 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
4019 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr
4020 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx)
4022 /* Remember that the good word continues at the
4023 * start of the next line. */
4024 checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
4025 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx);
4028 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
4029 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
4030 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
4032 if (cap_col > 0)
4034 if (p != prev_ptr
4035 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx)
4037 /* Remember that the word in the next line
4038 * must start with a capital. */
4039 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4040 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col
4041 - nextline_idx);
4043 else
4044 /* Compute the actual column. */
4045 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4049 if (spell_attr != 0)
4051 if (!attr_pri)
4052 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
4053 else
4054 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
4056 #endif
4057 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4059 * Found last space before word: check for line break.
4061 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)
4062 && !wp->w_p_list)
4064 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - (
4065 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4066 has_mbyte ? mb_l :
4067 # endif
4068 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
4069 c_extra = ' ';
4070 if (vim_iswhite(c))
4071 c = ' ';
4073 #endif
4075 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
4077 c = lcs_trail;
4078 if (!attr_pri)
4080 n_attr = 1;
4081 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4082 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4085 mb_c = c;
4086 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4088 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4089 u8cc[0] = 0;
4090 c = 0xc0;
4092 else
4093 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4094 #endif
4099 * Handling of non-printable characters.
4101 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR))
4104 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to
4105 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it
4106 * into "ScreenLines".
4108 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
4110 /* tab amount depends on current column */
4111 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
4112 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1;
4113 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4114 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4115 #endif
4116 if (wp->w_p_list)
4118 c = lcs_tab1;
4119 c_extra = lcs_tab2;
4120 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4121 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4122 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4123 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4124 mb_c = c;
4125 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4127 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4128 u8cc[0] = 0;
4129 c = 0xc0;
4131 #endif
4133 else
4135 c_extra = ' ';
4136 c = ' ';
4139 else if (c == NUL
4140 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0)
4141 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
4142 && tocol > vcol
4143 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4144 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4145 #endif
4146 && (
4147 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4148 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4149 # endif
4150 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
4151 && !(noinvcur
4152 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4153 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
4154 && lcs_eol_one >= 0)
4156 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
4157 * character if the line break is included. */
4158 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
4159 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the
4160 * "$". */
4161 if (
4162 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4163 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0
4164 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4166 # endif
4167 # endif
4168 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4169 line_attr == 0
4170 # endif
4172 #endif
4174 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4175 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend
4176 * beyond end of line. */
4177 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
4178 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol)
4179 n_extra = 0;
4180 else
4181 #endif
4183 p_extra = at_end_str;
4184 n_extra = 1;
4185 c_extra = NUL;
4188 if (wp->w_p_list)
4189 c = lcs_eol;
4190 else
4191 c = ' ';
4192 lcs_eol_one = -1;
4193 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4194 if (!attr_pri)
4196 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4197 n_attr = 1;
4199 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4200 mb_c = c;
4201 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4203 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4204 u8cc[0] = 0;
4205 c = 0xc0;
4207 else
4208 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4209 #endif
4211 else if (c != NUL)
4213 p_extra = transchar(c);
4214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4215 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl)
4216 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */
4217 #endif
4218 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
4219 c_extra = NUL;
4220 c = *p_extra++;
4221 if (!attr_pri)
4223 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4224 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4225 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4227 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4228 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4229 #endif
4231 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4232 else if (VIsual_active
4233 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V
4234 || VIsual_mode == 'v')
4235 && virtual_active()
4236 && tocol != MAXCOL
4237 && vcol < tocol
4238 && (
4239 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4240 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4241 # endif
4242 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4244 c = ' ';
4245 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4247 #endif
4248 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4249 else if ((
4250 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4251 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 ||
4252 # endif
4253 line_attr != 0
4254 ) && (
4255 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4256 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4257 # endif
4258 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4260 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */
4261 c = ' ';
4262 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4264 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */
4265 ++did_line_attr;
4267 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */
4268 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0)
4269 char_attr = line_attr;
4270 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4271 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD)
4273 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4274 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
4275 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
4277 # endif
4279 #endif
4283 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */
4284 if (n_attr > 0
4285 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4286 && !attr_pri)
4287 char_attr = extra_attr;
4289 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM))
4290 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send
4291 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
4292 * im_is_preediting() here. */
4293 if (
4294 # ifndef FEAT_GUI_MACVIM
4295 xic != NULL &&
4296 # endif
4297 lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4298 && (State & INSERT)
4299 && !p_imdisable
4300 && im_is_preediting()
4301 && draw_state == WL_LINE)
4303 colnr_T tcol;
4305 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
4306 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
4307 else
4308 tcol = preedit_end_col;
4309 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
4311 if (feedback_old_attr < 0)
4313 feedback_col = 0;
4314 feedback_old_attr = char_attr;
4316 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col);
4317 if (char_attr < 0)
4318 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4319 feedback_col++;
4321 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0)
4323 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4324 feedback_old_attr = -1;
4325 feedback_col = 0;
4328 #endif
4330 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
4331 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
4332 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
4334 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
4335 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
4336 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4337 && filler_todo <= 0
4338 #endif
4339 && draw_state > WL_NR
4340 && c != NUL)
4342 c = lcs_prec;
4343 lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
4344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4345 mb_c = c;
4346 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4348 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4349 u8cc[0] = 0;
4350 c = 0xc0;
4352 else
4353 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4354 #endif
4355 if (!attr_pri)
4357 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4358 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */
4359 n_attr3 = 1;
4364 * At end of the text line or just after the last character.
4366 if (c == NUL
4367 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4368 || did_line_attr == 1
4369 #endif
4372 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4373 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL);
4375 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */
4376 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol)
4377 ++prevcol;
4378 #endif
4380 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
4381 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4382 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not
4383 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */
4384 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4385 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE;
4386 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol)
4387 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4388 else
4390 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4391 while (cur != NULL)
4393 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol)
4395 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4396 break;
4398 cur = cur->next;
4401 #endif
4402 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
4403 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol
4404 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4405 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4406 || lnum == VIsual.lnum
4407 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4408 #endif
4409 && c == NUL)
4410 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4411 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
4412 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE
4413 # if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4414 && did_line_attr <= 1
4415 # endif
4417 #endif
4420 int n = 0;
4422 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4423 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4425 if (col < 0)
4426 n = 1;
4428 else
4429 #endif
4431 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))
4432 n = -1;
4434 if (n != 0)
4436 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4437 * instead (better than nothing). */
4438 off += n;
4439 col += n;
4441 else
4443 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */
4444 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4445 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4446 if (enc_utf8)
4447 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4448 #endif
4450 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4451 if (area_attr == 0)
4453 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
4454 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
4455 char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4456 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4457 shl_flag = FALSE;
4458 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
4460 if (shl_flag == FALSE
4461 && ((cur != NULL
4462 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
4463 || cur == NULL))
4465 shl = &search_hl;
4466 shl_flag = TRUE;
4468 else
4469 shl = &cur->hl;
4470 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol)
4471 char_attr = shl->attr;
4472 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
4473 cur = cur->next;
4476 #endif
4477 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4478 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4479 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4481 --col;
4482 --off;
4484 else
4485 #endif
4487 ++col;
4488 ++off;
4490 ++vcol;
4491 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4492 eol_hl_off = 1;
4493 #endif
4498 * At end of the text line.
4500 if (c == NUL)
4502 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4503 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4504 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
4506 /* highlight last char after line */
4507 --col;
4508 --off;
4509 --vcol;
4512 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' past end of the line. */
4513 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
4514 v = wp->w_skipcol;
4515 else
4516 v = wp->w_leftcol;
4517 /* check if line ends before left margin */
4518 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp))
4520 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp);
4521 if (wp->w_p_cuc
4522 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= vcol - eol_hl_off
4523 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1)
4525 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4526 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4527 && !wp->w_p_rl
4528 # endif
4531 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp))
4533 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4534 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4535 if (enc_utf8)
4536 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4537 #endif
4538 ++col;
4539 if (vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4541 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC);
4542 break;
4544 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0;
4545 ++vcol;
4548 #endif
4550 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4551 wp->w_p_rl);
4552 row++;
4555 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4556 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
4558 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4560 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4561 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4562 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4563 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE;
4564 #endif
4565 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4568 break;
4571 /* line continues beyond line end */
4572 if (lcs_ext
4573 && !wp->w_p_wrap
4574 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4575 && filler_todo <= 0
4576 #endif
4577 && (
4578 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4579 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 :
4580 #endif
4581 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)
4582 && (*ptr != NUL
4583 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0)
4584 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))))
4586 c = lcs_ext;
4587 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4588 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4589 mb_c = c;
4590 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4592 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4593 u8cc[0] = 0;
4594 c = 0xc0;
4596 else
4597 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4598 #endif
4601 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4602 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't
4603 * highlight the cursor position itself. */
4604 if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4605 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4606 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4607 && !lnum_in_visual_area)
4609 vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4610 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
4612 else
4613 vcol_save_attr = -1;
4614 #endif
4617 * Store character to be displayed.
4618 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4620 vcol_prev = vcol;
4621 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0)
4624 * Store the character.
4626 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
4627 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4629 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */
4630 --off;
4631 --col;
4633 #endif
4634 ScreenLines[off] = c;
4635 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4636 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4638 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00)
4639 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e;
4640 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4642 else if (enc_utf8)
4644 if (mb_utf8)
4646 int i;
4648 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c;
4649 if ((c & 0xff) == 0)
4650 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */
4651 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4653 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
4654 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
4655 break;
4658 else
4659 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4661 if (multi_attr)
4663 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr;
4664 multi_attr = 0;
4666 else
4667 #endif
4668 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4670 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4671 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4673 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */
4674 ++off;
4675 ++col;
4676 if (enc_utf8)
4677 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */
4678 ScreenLines[off] = 0;
4679 else
4680 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */
4681 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4682 ++vcol;
4683 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of
4684 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */
4685 if (tocol == vcol)
4686 ++tocol;
4687 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4688 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4690 /* now it's time to backup one cell */
4691 --off;
4692 --col;
4694 #endif
4696 #endif
4697 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4698 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4700 --off;
4701 --col;
4703 else
4704 #endif
4706 ++off;
4707 ++col;
4710 else
4711 --n_skip;
4713 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
4714 if (draw_state > WL_NR
4715 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4716 && filler_todo <= 0
4717 #endif
4719 ++vcol;
4721 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4722 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0)
4723 char_attr = vcol_save_attr;
4724 #endif
4726 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */
4727 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0)
4728 char_attr = saved_attr3;
4730 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */
4731 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0)
4732 char_attr = saved_attr2;
4735 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4736 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above.
4738 if ((
4739 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4740 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) :
4741 #endif
4742 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)))
4743 && (*ptr != NUL
4744 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4745 || filler_todo > 0
4746 #endif
4747 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4748 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))
4751 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4752 wp->w_p_rl);
4753 ++row;
4754 ++screen_row;
4756 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4757 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4758 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4759 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4760 && filler_todo <= 0
4761 #endif
4762 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1)
4763 break;
4765 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */
4766 if (draw_state != WL_LINE
4767 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4768 && filler_todo <= 0
4769 #endif
4772 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
4773 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4774 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
4775 #endif
4776 row = endrow;
4779 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */
4780 if (row == endrow)
4782 ++row;
4783 break;
4786 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1
4787 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4788 && filler_todo <= 0
4789 #endif
4790 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns)
4792 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */
4793 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE;
4796 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with
4797 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of
4798 * the line. This will work with all terminal types
4799 * (regardless of the xn,am settings).
4800 * Only do this on a fast tty.
4801 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line
4802 * (something has been written in it).
4803 * Don't do this for the GUI.
4804 * Don't do this for double-width characters.
4805 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border.
4807 if (p_tf
4808 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4809 && !gui.in_use
4810 #endif
4811 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4812 && !(has_mbyte
4813 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row],
4814 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4815 == 2
4816 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4817 + (int)Columns - 2,
4818 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4819 == 2))
4820 #endif
4823 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line,
4824 * then output the same character again to let the
4825 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't
4826 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */
4827 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp))
4828 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4829 + (unsigned)Columns - 1,
4830 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1));
4832 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4833 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a
4834 * space to keep it simple. */
4835 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[
4836 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1)
4837 out_char(' ');
4838 else
4839 #endif
4840 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4841 + (Columns - 1)]);
4842 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */
4843 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1;
4844 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
4848 col = 0;
4849 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4850 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4851 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4853 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */
4854 off += col;
4856 #endif
4858 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */
4859 draw_state = WL_START;
4860 saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4861 saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4862 saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4863 saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4864 n_extra = 0;
4865 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;
4866 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4867 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4868 if (filler_todo <= 0)
4869 # endif
4870 need_showbreak = TRUE;
4871 #endif
4872 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4873 --filler_todo;
4874 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4875 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */
4876 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill)
4877 break;
4878 #endif
4881 } /* for every character in the line */
4883 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4884 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */
4885 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
4887 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4888 cap_col = 0;
4890 #endif
4892 return row;
4895 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4896 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int));
4899 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ.
4900 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0.
4902 static int
4903 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)
4904 int off_from;
4905 int off_to;
4907 int i;
4909 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4911 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to])
4912 return TRUE;
4913 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0)
4914 break;
4916 return FALSE;
4918 #endif
4921 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4922 * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4923 * - the attributes are different
4924 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4925 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs.
4927 static int
4928 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols)
4929 int off_from;
4930 int off_to;
4931 int cols;
4933 if (cols > 0
4934 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to]
4935 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4937 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4938 || (enc_dbcs != 0
4939 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1
4940 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e
4941 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to]
4942 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4943 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4944 || (enc_utf8
4945 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
4946 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0
4947 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to))
4948 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4949 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4950 #endif
4952 return TRUE;
4953 return FALSE;
4957 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that
4958 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character.
4959 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line.
4960 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4961 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4962 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4963 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4964 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4965 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4967 static void
4968 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
4969 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4970 , rlflag
4971 #endif
4973 int row;
4974 int coloff;
4975 int endcol;
4976 int clear_width;
4977 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4978 int rlflag;
4979 #endif
4981 unsigned off_from;
4982 unsigned off_to;
4983 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4984 unsigned max_off_from;
4985 unsigned max_off_to;
4986 #endif
4987 int col = 0;
4988 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
4989 int hl;
4990 #endif
4991 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */
4992 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */
4993 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4994 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */
4995 #endif
4997 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */
4998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4999 int clear_next = FALSE;
5000 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */
5001 /* 2: occupies two display cells */
5002 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells
5003 #else
5004 # define CHAR_CELLS 1
5005 #endif
5007 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
5008 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row);
5009 # endif
5011 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
5012 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff;
5013 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5014 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns;
5015 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5016 #endif
5018 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5019 if (rlflag)
5021 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */
5022 if (clear_width > 0)
5024 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5025 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5026 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5027 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5028 # endif
5031 ++off_to;
5032 ++col;
5034 if (col <= endcol)
5035 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff,
5036 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0);
5038 col = endcol + 1;
5039 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff;
5040 off_from += col;
5041 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
5043 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */
5045 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
5047 while (col < endcol)
5049 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5050 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol))
5051 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from);
5052 else
5053 char_cells = 1;
5054 #endif
5056 redraw_this = redraw_next;
5057 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS,
5058 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS);
5060 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5061 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to
5062 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only
5063 * happens in the GUI.
5065 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use)
5067 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS];
5068 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5069 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5070 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5071 redraw_this = TRUE;
5073 #endif
5075 if (redraw_this)
5078 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm):
5079 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the
5080 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The
5081 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the
5082 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must
5083 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted
5084 * character.
5085 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need
5086 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it
5087 * completely.
5089 if ( p_wiv
5090 && !force
5091 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5092 && !gui.in_use
5093 #endif
5094 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0
5095 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
5098 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here.
5100 windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5101 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */
5102 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
5103 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */
5104 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */
5107 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop
5108 * highlighting at this character.
5110 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0)
5112 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1];
5113 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5114 screen_stop_highlight();
5116 else
5117 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */
5119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5120 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5122 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or
5123 * the other way around requires another character to be
5124 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing
5125 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */
5126 if (char_cells == 1
5127 && col + 1 < endcol
5128 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5130 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell
5131 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */
5132 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0;
5133 redraw_next = TRUE;
5135 else if (char_cells == 2
5136 && col + 2 < endcol
5137 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5138 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)
5140 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over
5141 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second
5142 * cell. */
5143 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0;
5144 redraw_next = TRUE;
5147 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
5148 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from];
5150 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width
5151 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
5152 * the right halve of the old character.
5153 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
5154 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */
5155 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol
5156 && ((char_cells == 1
5157 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5158 || (char_cells == 2
5159 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5160 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)))
5161 clear_next = TRUE;
5162 #endif
5164 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from];
5165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5166 if (enc_utf8)
5168 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from];
5169 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0)
5171 int i;
5173 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
5174 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from];
5177 if (char_cells == 2)
5178 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1];
5179 #endif
5181 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
5182 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the
5183 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next
5184 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
5185 * and for some xterms. */
5186 if (
5187 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5188 gui.in_use
5189 # endif
5190 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
5192 # endif
5193 # ifdef UNIX
5194 term_is_xterm
5195 # endif
5198 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5199 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5200 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5201 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5202 redraw_next = TRUE;
5204 #endif
5205 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5206 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5207 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a
5208 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */
5209 if (char_cells == 2)
5210 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5212 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2)
5213 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5214 else
5215 #endif
5216 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5218 else if ( p_wiv
5219 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5220 && !gui.in_use
5221 #endif
5222 && col + coloff > 0)
5224 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1])
5227 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will
5228 * stop the highlighting when it should continue.
5230 screen_attr = 0;
5232 else if (screen_attr != 0)
5233 screen_stop_highlight();
5236 off_to += CHAR_CELLS;
5237 off_from += CHAR_CELLS;
5238 col += CHAR_CELLS;
5241 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5242 if (clear_next)
5244 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
5245 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */
5246 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' ';
5247 if (enc_utf8)
5248 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5249 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5251 #endif
5253 if (clear_width > 0
5254 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5255 && !rlflag
5256 #endif
5259 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5260 int startCol = col;
5261 #endif
5263 /* blank out the rest of the line */
5264 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5265 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5266 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5267 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5268 #endif
5271 ++off_to;
5272 ++col;
5274 if (col < clear_width)
5276 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5278 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels
5279 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold
5280 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous
5281 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we
5282 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway.
5284 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this))
5286 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5287 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
5289 int prev_cells = 1;
5290 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5291 if (enc_utf8)
5292 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means
5293 * that its width is 2. */
5294 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
5295 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5297 /* find previous character by counting from first
5298 * column and get its width. */
5299 unsigned off = LineOffset[row];
5300 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5302 while (off < off_to)
5304 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off);
5305 off += prev_cells;
5309 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1)
5310 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5311 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5312 else
5313 # endif
5314 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5315 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5318 #endif
5319 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff,
5320 ' ', ' ', 0);
5321 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5322 off_to += clear_width - col;
5323 col = clear_width;
5324 #endif
5328 if (clear_width > 0)
5330 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5331 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */
5332 if (col + coloff < Columns)
5334 int c;
5336 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5337 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c
5338 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5339 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
5340 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
5341 # endif
5342 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl)
5344 ScreenLines[off_to] = c;
5345 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl;
5346 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5347 if (enc_utf8)
5349 if (c >= 0x80)
5351 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c;
5352 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0;
5354 else
5355 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5357 # endif
5358 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5361 else
5362 #endif
5363 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
5367 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
5369 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
5370 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
5372 void
5373 rl_mirror(str)
5374 char_u *str;
5376 char_u *p1, *p2;
5377 int t;
5379 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2)
5381 t = *p1;
5382 *p1 = *p2;
5383 *p2 = t;
5386 #endif
5388 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5390 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
5392 void
5393 status_redraw_all()
5395 win_T *wp;
5397 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5398 if (wp->w_status_height)
5400 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5401 redraw_later(VALID);
5406 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw
5408 void
5409 status_redraw_curbuf()
5411 win_T *wp;
5413 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5414 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
5416 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5417 redraw_later(VALID);
5422 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
5424 void
5425 redraw_statuslines()
5427 win_T *wp;
5429 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5430 if (wp->w_redr_status)
5431 win_redr_status(wp);
5432 if (redraw_tabline)
5433 draw_tabline();
5435 #endif
5437 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO)
5439 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
5441 void
5442 win_redraw_last_status(frp)
5443 frame_T *frp;
5445 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
5446 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5447 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
5449 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
5450 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5452 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
5454 frp = frp->fr_child;
5455 while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
5456 frp = frp->fr_next;
5457 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5460 #endif
5462 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5464 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
5466 static void
5467 draw_vsep_win(wp, row)
5468 win_T *wp;
5469 int row;
5471 int hl;
5472 int c;
5474 if (wp->w_vsep_width)
5476 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
5477 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5478 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
5479 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1,
5480 c, ' ', hl);
5483 #endif
5485 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
5486 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5487 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5490 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
5492 static int
5493 status_match_len(xp, s)
5494 expand_T *xp;
5495 char_u *s;
5497 int len = 0;
5499 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5500 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5501 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5503 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */
5504 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5505 return 1;
5506 #endif
5508 while (*s != NUL)
5510 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5511 len += ptr2cells(s);
5512 mb_ptr_adv(s);
5515 return len;
5519 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match.
5520 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags.
5522 static int
5523 skip_status_match_char(xp, s)
5524 expand_T *xp;
5525 char_u *s;
5527 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5528 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5529 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5530 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5531 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))
5532 #endif
5535 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
5536 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!')
5537 return 2;
5538 #endif
5539 return 1;
5541 return 0;
5545 * Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5546 * Show at least the "match" item.
5547 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5549 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5551 void
5552 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail)
5553 expand_T *xp;
5554 int num_matches;
5555 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */
5556 int match;
5557 int showtail;
5559 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m])
5560 int row;
5561 char_u *buf;
5562 int len;
5563 int clen; /* length in screen cells */
5564 int fillchar;
5565 int attr;
5566 int i;
5567 int highlight = TRUE;
5568 char_u *selstart = NULL;
5569 int selstart_col = 0;
5570 char_u *selend = NULL;
5571 static int first_match = 0;
5572 int add_left = FALSE;
5573 char_u *s;
5574 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5575 int emenu;
5576 #endif
5577 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU)
5578 int l;
5579 #endif
5581 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */
5582 return;
5584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5585 if (has_mbyte)
5586 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5587 else
5588 #endif
5589 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1);
5590 if (buf == NULL)
5591 return;
5593 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */
5595 match = 0;
5596 highlight = FALSE;
5598 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */
5599 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5600 if (match == 0)
5601 first_match = 0;
5602 else if (match < first_match)
5604 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */
5605 first_match = match;
5606 add_left = TRUE;
5608 else
5610 /* check if match fits on the screen */
5611 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i)
5612 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5613 if (first_match > 0)
5614 clen += 2;
5615 /* jumping right, put match at the left */
5616 if ((long)clen > Columns)
5618 first_match = match;
5619 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */
5620 clen = 2;
5621 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i)
5623 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5624 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5625 break;
5627 if (i == num_matches)
5628 add_left = TRUE;
5631 if (add_left)
5632 while (first_match > 0)
5634 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5635 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5636 break;
5637 --first_match;
5640 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE);
5642 if (first_match == 0)
5644 *buf = NUL;
5645 len = 0;
5647 else
5649 STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5650 len = 2;
5652 clen = len;
5654 i = first_match;
5655 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns)
5657 if (i == match)
5659 selstart = buf + len;
5660 selstart_col = clen;
5663 s = L_MATCH(i);
5664 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */
5665 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5666 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5667 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5668 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5670 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5671 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5672 len += l;
5673 clen += l;
5675 else
5676 #endif
5677 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s)
5679 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5680 clen += ptr2cells(s);
5681 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5682 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1)
5684 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);
5685 s += l - 1;
5686 len += l;
5688 else
5689 #endif
5691 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5692 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5695 if (i == match)
5696 selend = buf + len;
5698 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5699 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5700 clen += 2;
5701 if (++i == num_matches)
5702 break;
5705 if (i != num_matches)
5707 *(buf + len++) = '>';
5708 ++clen;
5711 buf[len] = NUL;
5713 row = cmdline_row - 1;
5714 if (row >= 0)
5716 if (wild_menu_showing == 0)
5718 if (msg_scrolled > 0)
5720 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is
5721 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */
5722 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1)
5724 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL);
5725 ++msg_scrolled;
5727 else
5729 ++cmdline_row;
5730 ++row;
5732 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5734 else
5736 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5737 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5738 * resized. */
5739 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
5741 save_p_ls = p_ls;
5742 save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5743 p_ls = 2;
5744 p_wmh = 0;
5745 last_status(FALSE);
5747 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5751 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr);
5752 if (selstart != NULL && highlight)
5754 *selend = NUL;
5755 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM));
5758 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5761 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5762 win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5763 #else
5764 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5765 #endif
5766 vim_free(buf);
5768 #endif
5770 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5772 * Redraw the status line of window wp.
5774 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5776 void
5777 win_redr_status(wp)
5778 win_T *wp;
5780 int row;
5781 char_u *p;
5782 int len;
5783 int fillchar;
5784 int attr;
5785 int this_ru_col;
5786 static int busy = FALSE;
5788 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly)
5789 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */
5790 if (busy)
5791 return;
5792 busy = TRUE;
5794 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5795 if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
5797 /* no status line, can only be last window */
5798 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
5800 else if (!redrawing()
5801 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5802 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be
5803 * drawn over it */
5804 || pum_visible()
5805 #endif
5808 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
5809 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5811 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5812 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5814 /* redraw custom status line */
5815 redraw_custom_statusline(wp);
5817 #endif
5818 else
5820 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5822 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer);
5823 p = NameBuff;
5824 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5826 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help
5827 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5828 || wp->w_p_pvw
5829 #endif
5830 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5831 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5832 *(p + len++) = ' ';
5833 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help)
5835 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]"));
5836 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5838 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5839 if (wp->w_p_pvw)
5841 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5842 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5844 #endif
5845 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
5847 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5848 len += 3;
5850 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5852 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]");
5853 len += 4;
5856 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5857 this_ru_col = ru_col;
5858 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2)
5859 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5860 #else
5861 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5862 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5863 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5864 if (this_ru_col <= 1)
5866 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */
5867 len = 1;
5869 else
5870 #endif
5871 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5872 if (has_mbyte)
5874 int clen = 0, i;
5876 /* Count total number of display cells. */
5877 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5878 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5879 /* Find first character that will fit.
5880 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */
5881 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5882 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5883 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5884 len = clen;
5885 if (i > 0)
5887 p = p + i - 1;
5888 *p = '<';
5889 ++len;
5893 else
5894 #endif
5895 if (len > this_ru_col - 1)
5897 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1);
5898 *p = '<';
5899 len = this_ru_col - 1;
5902 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5903 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr);
5904 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp),
5905 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5907 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5908 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1))
5909 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff)
5910 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr);
5912 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5913 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE);
5914 #endif
5917 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5919 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5921 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing())
5923 if (stl_connected(wp))
5924 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5925 else
5926 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr);
5927 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp),
5928 attr);
5930 #endif
5931 busy = FALSE;
5934 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5936 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any
5937 * errors encountered.
5939 static void
5940 redraw_custom_statusline(wp)
5941 win_T *wp;
5943 static int entered = FALSE;
5944 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
5946 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline
5947 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */
5948 if (entered)
5949 return;
5950 entered = TRUE;
5952 called_emsg = FALSE;
5953 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE);
5954 if (called_emsg)
5956 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the
5957 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem
5958 * again and again. */
5959 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1,
5960 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL
5961 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR);
5963 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
5964 entered = FALSE;
5966 #endif
5968 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5970 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5971 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator.
5972 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5975 stl_connected(wp)
5976 win_T *wp;
5978 frame_T *fr;
5980 fr = wp->w_frame;
5981 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL)
5983 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
5985 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5986 break;
5988 else
5990 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5991 return TRUE;
5993 fr = fr->fr_parent;
5995 return FALSE;
5997 # endif
5999 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */
6001 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
6003 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
6006 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len)
6007 win_T *wp;
6008 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */
6009 int len; /* length of buffer */
6011 char_u *p;
6013 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP)
6014 return FALSE;
6017 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6018 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
6019 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
6020 char_u *s;
6022 curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
6023 curwin = wp;
6024 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */
6025 ++emsg_skip;
6026 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE);
6027 --emsg_skip;
6028 curbuf = old_curbuf;
6029 curwin = old_curwin;
6030 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
6031 #endif
6033 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
6034 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED)
6035 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
6036 else
6037 #endif
6038 p = (char_u *)"lang";
6040 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len)
6041 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p);
6042 else
6043 buf[0] = NUL;
6044 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6045 vim_free(s);
6046 #endif
6048 return buf[0] != NUL;
6050 #endif
6052 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
6054 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp".
6055 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'.
6057 static void
6058 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler)
6059 win_T *wp;
6060 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */
6062 int attr;
6063 int curattr;
6064 int row;
6065 int col = 0;
6066 int maxwidth;
6067 int width;
6068 int n;
6069 int len;
6070 int fillchar;
6071 char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
6072 char_u *stl;
6073 char_u *p;
6074 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6075 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6076 int use_sandbox = FALSE;
6078 /* setup environment for the task at hand */
6079 if (wp == NULL)
6081 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */
6082 stl = p_tal;
6083 row = 0;
6084 fillchar = ' ';
6085 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
6086 maxwidth = Columns;
6087 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6088 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0);
6089 # endif
6091 else
6093 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
6094 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
6095 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp);
6097 if (draw_ruler)
6099 stl = p_ruf;
6100 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */
6101 if (*stl == '%')
6103 if (*++stl == '-')
6104 stl++;
6105 if (atoi((char *)stl))
6106 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl))
6107 stl++;
6108 if (*stl++ != '(')
6109 stl = p_ruf;
6111 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6112 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
6113 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
6114 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
6115 #else
6116 col = ru_col;
6117 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2)
6118 col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
6119 #endif
6120 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
6121 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6122 if (!wp->w_status_height)
6123 #endif
6125 row = Rows - 1;
6126 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */
6127 fillchar = ' ';
6128 attr = 0;
6131 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6132 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0);
6133 # endif
6135 else
6137 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
6138 stl = wp->w_p_stl;
6139 else
6140 stl = p_stl;
6141 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6142 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline",
6143 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL);
6144 # endif
6147 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6148 col += W_WINCOL(wp);
6149 #endif
6152 if (maxwidth <= 0)
6153 return;
6155 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that
6156 * might change the option value and free the memory. */
6157 stl = vim_strsave(stl);
6158 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp,
6159 buf, sizeof(buf),
6160 stl, use_sandbox,
6161 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab);
6162 vim_free(stl);
6163 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
6165 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1)
6167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6168 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len);
6169 #else
6170 buf[len++] = fillchar;
6171 #endif
6172 ++width;
6174 buf[len] = NUL;
6177 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting.
6179 curattr = attr;
6180 p = buf;
6181 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6183 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p);
6184 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr);
6185 col += vim_strnsize(p, len);
6186 p = hltab[n].start;
6188 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0)
6189 curattr = attr;
6190 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0)
6191 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl);
6192 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6193 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0)
6194 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6195 #endif
6196 else
6197 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6199 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr);
6201 if (wp == NULL)
6203 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */
6204 col = 0;
6205 len = 0;
6206 p = buf;
6207 fillchar = 0;
6208 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6210 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p));
6211 while (col < len)
6212 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6213 p = tabtab[n].start;
6214 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl;
6216 while (col < Columns)
6217 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6221 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */
6224 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines.
6226 void
6227 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr)
6228 int c;
6229 int row, col;
6230 int attr;
6232 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6233 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6235 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
6236 #else
6237 char_u buf[2];
6239 buf[0] = c;
6240 buf[1] = NUL;
6241 #endif
6242 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr);
6246 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]".
6247 * Also return its attribute in *attrp;
6249 void
6250 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp)
6251 int row, col;
6252 char_u *bytes;
6253 int *attrp;
6255 unsigned off;
6257 /* safety check */
6258 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns)
6260 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6261 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off];
6262 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6263 bytes[1] = NUL;
6265 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6266 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6267 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL;
6268 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6270 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6271 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off];
6272 bytes[2] = NUL;
6274 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1)
6276 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1];
6277 bytes[2] = NUL;
6279 #endif
6283 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6284 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*));
6287 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from
6288 * composing characters in "u8cc".
6289 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0.
6291 static int
6292 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)
6293 int off;
6294 int *u8cc;
6296 int i;
6298 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6300 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i])
6301 return TRUE;
6302 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6303 break;
6305 return FALSE;
6307 #endif
6310 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with
6311 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[].
6312 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary!
6313 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
6315 void
6316 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr)
6317 char_u *text;
6318 int row;
6319 int col;
6320 int attr;
6322 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr);
6326 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to
6327 * a NUL.
6329 void
6330 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
6331 char_u *text;
6332 int len;
6333 int row;
6334 int col;
6335 int attr;
6337 unsigned off;
6338 char_u *ptr = text;
6339 int c;
6340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6341 unsigned max_off;
6342 int mbyte_blen = 1;
6343 int mbyte_cells = 1;
6344 int u8c = 0;
6345 int u8cc[MAX_MCO];
6346 int clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6347 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6348 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
6349 int pc, nc, nc1;
6350 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
6351 # endif
6352 #endif
6353 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6354 int force_redraw_this;
6355 int force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6356 #endif
6357 int need_redraw;
6359 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */
6360 return;
6361 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6363 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6364 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the
6365 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */
6366 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns
6367 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6368 && !gui.in_use
6369 # endif
6370 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col)
6372 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' ';
6373 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0;
6374 if (enc_utf8)
6376 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0;
6377 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0;
6379 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */
6380 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1);
6381 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */
6382 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6384 #endif
6386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6387 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
6388 #endif
6389 while (col < screen_Columns
6390 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)
6391 && *ptr != NUL)
6393 c = *ptr;
6394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6395 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */
6396 if (has_mbyte)
6398 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0)
6399 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6400 else
6401 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6402 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6403 mbyte_cells = 1;
6404 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
6405 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen;
6406 else /* enc_utf8 */
6408 if (len >= 0)
6409 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc,
6410 (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6411 else
6412 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
6413 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
6414 # ifdef UNICODE16
6415 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
6416 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
6418 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
6419 if (attr == 0)
6420 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
6422 # endif
6423 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6424 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
6426 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
6427 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len)
6429 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */
6430 nc = NUL;
6431 nc1 = NUL;
6433 else
6435 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc,
6436 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen));
6437 nc1 = pcc[0];
6439 pc = prev_c;
6440 prev_c = u8c;
6441 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc);
6443 else
6444 prev_c = u8c;
6445 # endif
6446 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns)
6448 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells:
6449 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */
6450 c = '>';
6451 mbyte_cells = 1;
6455 #endif
6457 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6458 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next;
6459 force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6460 #endif
6462 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c
6463 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6464 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6465 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
6466 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
6467 && c == 0x8e
6468 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
6469 || (enc_utf8
6470 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] !=
6471 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c)
6472 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0
6473 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc))))
6474 #endif
6475 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
6476 || exmode_active;
6478 if (need_redraw
6479 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6480 || force_redraw_this
6481 #endif
6484 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6485 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
6486 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
6487 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
6488 * and for some xterms. */
6489 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && (
6490 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6491 gui.in_use
6492 # endif
6493 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
6495 # endif
6496 # ifdef UNIX
6497 term_is_xterm
6498 # endif
6501 int n = ScreenAttrs[off];
6503 if (n > HL_ALL)
6504 n = syn_attr2attr(n);
6505 if (n & HL_BOLD)
6506 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6508 #endif
6509 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6510 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
6511 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
6512 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
6513 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once
6514 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */
6515 if (clear_next_cell)
6516 clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6517 else if (has_mbyte
6518 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
6519 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
6520 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6521 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6522 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6523 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6524 clear_next_cell = TRUE;
6526 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind,
6527 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */
6528 if (enc_dbcs
6529 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6530 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6531 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6532 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6533 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0;
6534 #endif
6535 ScreenLines[off] = c;
6536 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
6537 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6538 if (enc_utf8)
6540 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
6541 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6542 else
6544 int i;
6546 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c;
6547 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6549 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
6550 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6551 break;
6554 if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6556 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6557 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6559 screen_char(off, row, col);
6561 else if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6563 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1];
6564 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6565 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6567 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6569 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1];
6570 screen_char(off, row, col);
6572 else
6573 #endif
6574 screen_char(off, row, col);
6576 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6577 if (has_mbyte)
6579 off += mbyte_cells;
6580 col += mbyte_cells;
6581 ptr += mbyte_blen;
6582 if (clear_next_cell)
6583 ptr = (char_u *)" ";
6585 else
6586 #endif
6588 ++off;
6589 ++col;
6590 ++ptr;
6594 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6595 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text
6596 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */
6597 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns)
6599 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6600 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1)
6601 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6602 else
6603 # endif
6604 screen_char(off, row, col);
6606 #endif
6609 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6611 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6613 static void
6614 start_search_hl()
6616 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch)
6618 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
6619 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
6620 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6621 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
6622 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm);
6623 # endif
6628 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6630 static void
6631 end_search_hl()
6633 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL)
6635 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog);
6636 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
6641 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
6643 static void
6644 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum)
6645 win_T *wp;
6646 linenr_T lnum;
6648 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
6649 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6650 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
6651 has been processed or not */
6652 int n;
6655 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
6656 * of the window or just after a closed fold.
6657 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list.
6659 cur = wp->w_match_head;
6660 shl_flag = FALSE;
6661 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
6663 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
6665 shl = &search_hl;
6666 shl_flag = TRUE;
6668 else
6669 shl = &cur->hl;
6670 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6671 && shl->lnum == 0
6672 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog))
6674 if (shl->first_lnum == 0)
6676 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6677 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
6678 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum)
6679 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1,
6680 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL))
6681 break;
6682 # else
6683 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline;
6684 # endif
6686 n = 0;
6687 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
6689 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n);
6690 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6692 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
6693 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
6694 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6695 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6697 else
6699 ++shl->first_lnum;
6700 n = 0;
6704 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
6705 cur = cur->next;
6710 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match.
6711 * Uses shl->buf.
6712 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
6713 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6714 * shl->lnum is zero.
6715 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6717 static void
6718 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol)
6719 win_T *win;
6720 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6721 linenr_T lnum;
6722 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */
6724 linenr_T l;
6725 colnr_T matchcol;
6726 long nmatched;
6728 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6730 /* Check for three situations:
6731 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6732 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6733 * 3. Continue after the previous match.
6735 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6736 if (lnum > l)
6737 shl->lnum = 0;
6738 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6739 return;
6743 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6744 * or none is found in this line.
6746 called_emsg = FALSE;
6747 for (;;)
6749 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6750 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */
6751 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm)))
6753 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */
6754 break;
6756 #endif
6757 /* Three situations:
6758 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6759 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6760 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6761 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6763 if (shl->lnum == 0)
6764 matchcol = 0;
6765 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6766 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6767 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col))
6769 char_u *ml;
6771 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
6772 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol;
6773 if (*ml == NUL)
6775 ++matchcol;
6776 shl->lnum = 0;
6777 break;
6779 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6780 if (has_mbyte)
6781 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml);
6782 else
6783 #endif
6784 ++matchcol;
6786 else
6787 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6789 shl->lnum = lnum;
6790 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol,
6791 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6792 &(shl->tm)
6793 #else
6794 NULL
6795 #endif
6797 if (called_emsg)
6799 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */
6800 if (shl == &search_hl)
6802 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */
6803 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog);
6804 no_hlsearch = TRUE;
6806 shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6807 shl->lnum = 0;
6808 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */
6809 break;
6811 if (nmatched == 0)
6813 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */
6814 break;
6816 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6817 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6818 || nmatched > 1
6819 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6821 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6822 break; /* useful match found */
6826 #endif
6828 static void
6829 screen_start_highlight(attr)
6830 int attr;
6832 attrentry_T *aep = NULL;
6834 screen_attr = attr;
6835 if (full_screen
6836 #ifdef WIN3264
6837 && termcap_active
6838 #endif
6841 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6842 if (gui.in_use)
6844 char buf[20];
6846 /* The GUI handles this internally. */
6847 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr);
6848 OUT_STR(buf);
6850 else
6851 #endif
6853 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6855 if (t_colors > 1)
6856 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
6857 else
6858 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
6859 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6860 attr = 0;
6861 else
6862 attr = aep->ae_attr;
6864 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */
6865 out_str(T_MD);
6866 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6867 && cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6868 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL
6869 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */
6870 out_str(T_ME);
6871 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */
6872 out_str(T_SO);
6873 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL)
6874 /* underline or undercurl */
6875 out_str(T_US);
6876 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */
6877 out_str(T_CZH);
6878 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */
6879 out_str(T_MR);
6882 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the
6883 * bold etc. override the color setting.
6885 if (aep != NULL)
6887 if (t_colors > 1)
6889 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)
6890 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1);
6891 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
6892 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1);
6894 else
6896 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
6897 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start);
6904 void
6905 screen_stop_highlight()
6907 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */
6909 if (screen_attr != 0
6910 #ifdef WIN3264
6911 && termcap_active
6912 #endif
6915 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6916 if (gui.in_use)
6918 char buf[20];
6920 /* use internal GUI code */
6921 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr);
6922 OUT_STR(buf);
6924 else
6925 #endif
6927 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6929 attrentry_T *aep;
6931 if (t_colors > 1)
6934 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors!
6936 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6937 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6938 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))
6939 do_ME = TRUE;
6941 else
6943 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6944 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL)
6946 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0)
6947 do_ME = TRUE;
6948 else
6949 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
6952 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6953 screen_attr = 0;
6954 else
6955 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr;
6959 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the
6960 * same sequence several times.
6962 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT)
6964 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0)
6965 do_ME = TRUE;
6966 else
6967 out_str(T_SE);
6969 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL))
6971 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0)
6972 do_ME = TRUE;
6973 else
6974 out_str(T_UE);
6976 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC)
6978 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0)
6979 do_ME = TRUE;
6980 else
6981 out_str(T_CZR);
6983 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE)))
6984 out_str(T_ME);
6986 if (t_colors > 1)
6988 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6989 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0)
6990 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1);
6991 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0)
6992 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1);
6993 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6994 out_str(T_MD);
6998 screen_attr = 0;
7002 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim.
7003 * The machine specific code may override this again.
7005 void
7006 reset_cterm_colors()
7008 if (t_colors > 1)
7010 /* set Normal cterm colors */
7011 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
7013 out_str(T_OP);
7014 screen_attr = -1;
7016 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
7018 out_str(T_ME);
7019 screen_attr = -1;
7025 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col",
7026 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"].
7028 static void
7029 screen_char(off, row, col)
7030 unsigned off;
7031 int row;
7032 int col;
7034 int attr;
7036 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after
7037 * resizing). */
7038 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns)
7039 return;
7041 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7042 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7043 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1
7044 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7045 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */
7046 && !cmdmsg_rl
7047 #endif
7050 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7051 return;
7055 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor.
7057 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
7058 if (screen_char_attr != 0)
7059 attr = screen_char_attr;
7060 else
7061 #endif
7062 attr = ScreenAttrs[off];
7063 if (screen_attr != attr)
7064 screen_stop_highlight();
7066 windgoto(row, col);
7068 if (screen_attr != attr)
7069 screen_start_highlight(attr);
7071 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7072 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
7074 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7076 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */
7078 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL;
7080 out_str(buf);
7081 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1)
7082 ++screen_cur_col;
7084 else
7085 #endif
7087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7088 out_flush_check();
7089 #endif
7090 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
7091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7092 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */
7093 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
7094 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
7095 #endif
7098 screen_cur_col++;
7101 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7104 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"]
7105 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'.
7106 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to
7107 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between.
7109 static void
7110 screen_char_2(off, row, col)
7111 unsigned off;
7112 int row;
7113 int col;
7115 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */
7116 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns))
7117 return;
7119 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7120 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7121 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2)
7123 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7124 return;
7127 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the
7128 * second byte directly. */
7129 screen_char(off, row, col);
7130 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]);
7131 ++screen_cur_col;
7133 #endif
7135 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO)
7137 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE.
7138 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it.
7140 void
7141 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert)
7142 int row;
7143 int col;
7144 int height;
7145 int width;
7146 int invert;
7148 int r, c;
7149 int off;
7150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7151 int max_off;
7152 #endif
7154 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7155 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7156 return;
7158 if (invert)
7159 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE;
7160 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r)
7162 off = LineOffset[r];
7163 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7164 max_off = off + screen_Columns;
7165 #endif
7166 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c)
7168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7169 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7171 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c);
7172 ++c;
7174 else
7175 #endif
7177 screen_char(off + c, r, c);
7178 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7179 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7180 ++c;
7181 #endif
7185 screen_char_attr = 0;
7187 #endif
7189 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7191 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window.
7193 static void
7194 redraw_block(row, end, wp)
7195 int row;
7196 int end;
7197 win_T *wp;
7199 int col;
7200 int width;
7202 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7203 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1);
7204 # endif
7206 if (wp == NULL)
7208 col = 0;
7209 width = Columns;
7211 else
7213 col = wp->w_wincol;
7214 width = wp->w_width;
7216 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE);
7218 #endif
7221 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
7222 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
7223 * Use attributes 'attr'.
7225 void
7226 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr)
7227 int start_row, end_row;
7228 int start_col, end_col;
7229 int c1, c2;
7230 int attr;
7232 int row;
7233 int col;
7234 int off;
7235 int end_off;
7236 int did_delete;
7237 int c;
7238 int norm_term;
7239 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7240 int force_next = FALSE;
7241 #endif
7243 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */
7244 end_row = screen_Rows;
7245 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */
7246 end_col = screen_Columns;
7247 if (ScreenLines == NULL
7248 || start_row >= end_row
7249 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */
7250 return;
7252 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */
7253 norm_term = (
7254 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7255 !gui.in_use &&
7256 #endif
7257 t_colors <= 1);
7258 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row)
7260 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7261 if (has_mbyte
7262 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7263 && !gui.in_use
7264 # endif
7267 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear
7268 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a
7269 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a
7270 * terminal. */
7271 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col)
7272 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0);
7273 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col)
7274 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0);
7276 #endif
7278 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a
7279 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a
7280 * space.
7282 did_delete = FALSE;
7283 if (c2 == ' '
7284 && end_col == Columns
7285 && can_clear(T_CE)
7286 && (attr == 0
7287 || (norm_term
7288 && attr <= HL_ALL
7289 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0))))
7292 * check if we really need to clear something
7294 col = start_col;
7295 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */
7296 ++col;
7298 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
7299 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col;
7301 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */
7302 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7303 if (enc_utf8)
7304 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7305 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0)
7306 ++off;
7307 else
7308 #endif
7309 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7310 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0)
7311 ++off;
7312 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */
7314 col = off - LineOffset[row];
7315 screen_stop_highlight();
7316 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */
7317 out_str(T_CE);
7318 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7319 col = end_col - col;
7320 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */
7322 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
7323 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7324 if (enc_utf8)
7325 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7326 #endif
7327 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0;
7328 ++off;
7331 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */
7334 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col;
7335 c = c1;
7336 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col)
7338 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
7339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7340 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off]
7341 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
7342 #endif
7343 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
7344 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7345 || force_next
7346 #endif
7349 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7350 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in
7351 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the
7352 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our
7353 * own GUI and for some xterms. */
7354 if (
7355 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7356 gui.in_use
7357 # endif
7358 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
7360 # endif
7361 # ifdef UNIX
7362 term_is_xterm
7363 # endif
7366 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' '
7367 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL
7368 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD))
7369 force_next = TRUE;
7370 else
7371 force_next = FALSE;
7373 #endif
7374 ScreenLines[off] = c;
7375 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7376 if (enc_utf8)
7378 if (c >= 0x80)
7380 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c;
7381 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0;
7383 else
7384 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7386 #endif
7387 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
7388 if (!did_delete || c != ' ')
7389 screen_char(off, row, col);
7391 ++off;
7392 if (col == start_col)
7394 if (did_delete)
7395 break;
7396 c = c2;
7399 if (end_col == Columns)
7400 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
7401 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */
7403 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7404 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ')
7405 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */
7406 if (start_col == 0)
7407 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */
7413 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the
7414 * screen or the command line.
7416 void
7417 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll)
7418 int check_msg_scroll;
7420 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
7421 && !did_wait_return
7422 && emsg_silent == 0)
7424 out_flush();
7425 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE);
7426 emsg_on_display = FALSE;
7427 if (check_msg_scroll)
7428 msg_scroll = FALSE;
7433 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed
7434 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized.
7435 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to.
7436 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet.
7439 screen_valid(clear)
7440 int clear;
7442 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7443 return (ScreenLines != NULL);
7447 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns.
7448 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items.
7450 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
7451 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing
7452 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items
7453 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the
7454 * final size of the shell is needed.
7456 void
7457 screenalloc(clear)
7458 int clear;
7460 int new_row, old_row;
7461 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7462 int old_Rows;
7463 #endif
7464 win_T *wp;
7465 int outofmem = FALSE;
7466 int len;
7467 schar_T *new_ScreenLines;
7468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7469 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7470 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO];
7471 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7472 int i;
7473 #endif
7474 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs;
7475 unsigned *new_LineOffset;
7476 char_u *new_LineWraps;
7477 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7478 short *new_TabPageIdxs;
7479 tabpage_T *tp;
7480 #endif
7481 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */
7482 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */
7483 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7484 int retry_count = 0;
7486 retry:
7487 #endif
7489 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
7490 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
7491 * screen stuff.
7493 if ((ScreenLines != NULL
7494 && Rows == screen_Rows
7495 && Columns == screen_Columns
7496 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7497 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
7498 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7499 && p_mco == Screen_mco
7500 #endif
7502 || Rows == 0
7503 || Columns == 0
7504 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL))
7505 return;
7508 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
7509 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just
7510 * return here.
7512 if (entered)
7513 return;
7514 entered = TRUE;
7517 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays,
7518 * thus we must not redraw here!
7520 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7522 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */
7524 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */
7527 * We're changing the size of the screen.
7528 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs.
7529 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
7530 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
7531 * - Free the old arrays.
7533 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything!
7534 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the
7535 * size is wrong.
7537 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7538 win_free_lsize(wp);
7539 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7540 if (aucmd_win != NULL)
7541 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win);
7542 #endif
7544 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7545 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7547 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO);
7548 if (enc_utf8)
7550 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7551 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7552 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7553 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)(
7554 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7556 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7557 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7558 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7559 #endif
7560 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7561 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE);
7562 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)(
7563 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE);
7564 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE);
7565 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7566 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE);
7567 #endif
7569 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7571 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL)
7573 outofmem = TRUE;
7574 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7575 goto give_up;
7576 #endif
7579 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7580 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL
7581 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL)
7582 outofmem = TRUE;
7583 #endif
7584 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7585 give_up:
7586 #endif
7588 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7589 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7590 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL)
7591 break;
7592 #endif
7593 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL
7594 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7595 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco))
7596 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL)
7597 #endif
7598 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL
7599 || new_LineOffset == NULL
7600 || new_LineWraps == NULL
7601 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7602 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL
7603 #endif
7604 || outofmem)
7606 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg)
7608 /* guess the size */
7609 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns));
7611 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over
7612 * and over again. */
7613 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
7615 vim_free(new_ScreenLines);
7616 new_ScreenLines = NULL;
7617 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7618 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC);
7619 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7620 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7622 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]);
7623 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL;
7625 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2);
7626 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7627 #endif
7628 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs);
7629 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL;
7630 vim_free(new_LineOffset);
7631 new_LineOffset = NULL;
7632 vim_free(new_LineWraps);
7633 new_LineWraps = NULL;
7634 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7635 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs);
7636 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL;
7637 #endif
7639 else
7641 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE;
7643 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row)
7645 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns;
7646 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE;
7649 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
7650 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
7651 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
7652 * executing an external command, for the GUI).
7654 if (!clear)
7656 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns,
7657 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7659 if (enc_utf8)
7661 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns,
7662 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7663 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7664 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7665 + new_row * Columns,
7666 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7668 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7669 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns,
7670 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7671 #endif
7672 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns,
7673 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
7674 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows);
7675 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL)
7677 if (screen_Columns < Columns)
7678 len = screen_Columns;
7679 else
7680 len = Columns;
7681 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7682 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they
7683 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */
7684 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)
7685 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7686 #endif
7687 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7688 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row],
7689 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7690 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7691 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL
7692 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7694 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7695 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row],
7696 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7697 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7698 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7699 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7700 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row],
7701 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7703 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7704 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7705 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row],
7706 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7707 #endif
7708 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7709 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row],
7710 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
7714 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */
7715 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns;
7718 free_screenlines();
7720 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines;
7721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7722 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC;
7723 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7724 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i];
7725 Screen_mco = p_mco;
7726 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2;
7727 #endif
7728 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs;
7729 LineOffset = new_LineOffset;
7730 LineWraps = new_LineWraps;
7731 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7732 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs;
7733 #endif
7735 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual
7736 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */
7737 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7738 old_Rows = screen_Rows;
7739 #endif
7740 screen_Rows = Rows;
7741 screen_Columns = Columns;
7743 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */
7744 if (clear)
7745 screenclear2();
7747 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7748 else if (gui.in_use
7749 && !gui.starting
7750 && ScreenLines != NULL
7751 && old_Rows != Rows)
7753 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0);
7755 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external
7756 * command.
7758 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */
7759 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */
7760 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */
7761 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */
7762 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */
7763 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */
7765 #endif
7767 entered = FALSE;
7768 --RedrawingDisabled;
7770 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7772 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop
7773 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns.
7775 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3)
7777 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
7778 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns,
7779 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */
7780 goto retry;
7782 #endif
7785 void
7786 free_screenlines()
7788 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7789 int i;
7791 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC);
7792 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
7793 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]);
7794 vim_free(ScreenLines2);
7795 #endif
7796 vim_free(ScreenLines);
7797 vim_free(ScreenAttrs);
7798 vim_free(LineOffset);
7799 vim_free(LineWraps);
7800 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7801 vim_free(TabPageIdxs);
7802 #endif
7805 void
7806 screenclear()
7808 check_for_delay(FALSE);
7809 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7810 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */
7813 static void
7814 screenclear2()
7816 int i;
7818 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL
7819 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7820 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting)
7821 #endif
7823 return;
7825 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7826 if (!gui.in_use)
7827 #endif
7828 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */
7829 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */
7831 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7832 /* disable selection without redrawing it */
7833 clip_scroll_selection(9999);
7834 #endif
7836 /* blank out ScreenLines */
7837 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7839 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7840 LineWraps[i] = FALSE;
7843 if (can_clear(T_CL))
7845 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */
7846 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
7847 mode_displayed = FALSE;
7849 else
7851 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */
7852 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7853 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7854 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7857 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */
7859 win_rest_invalid(firstwin);
7860 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7861 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7862 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
7863 #endif
7864 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */
7865 must_redraw = NOT_VALID;
7866 compute_cmdrow();
7867 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */
7868 msg_col = 0;
7869 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7870 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */
7871 msg_didany = FALSE;
7872 msg_didout = FALSE;
7876 * Clear one line in ScreenLines.
7878 static void
7879 lineclear(off, width)
7880 unsigned off;
7881 int width;
7883 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T));
7884 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7885 if (enc_utf8)
7886 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0,
7887 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7888 #endif
7889 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7893 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an
7894 * invalid value.
7896 static void
7897 lineinvalid(off, width)
7898 unsigned off;
7899 int width;
7901 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7904 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7906 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp".
7908 static void
7909 linecopy(to, from, wp)
7910 int to;
7911 int from;
7912 win_T *wp;
7914 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol;
7915 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol;
7917 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from,
7918 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7919 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7920 if (enc_utf8)
7922 int i;
7924 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from,
7925 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7926 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7927 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from,
7928 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7930 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7931 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from,
7932 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7933 # endif
7934 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from,
7935 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7937 #endif
7940 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work.
7941 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background.
7944 can_clear(p)
7945 char_u *p;
7947 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1
7948 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7949 || gui.in_use
7950 #endif
7951 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL));
7955 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting
7956 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control
7957 * code.
7959 void
7960 screen_start()
7962 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999;
7966 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen.
7967 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of
7968 * characters sent to the terminal.
7970 void
7971 windgoto(row, col)
7972 int row;
7973 int col;
7975 sattr_T *p;
7976 int i;
7977 int plan;
7978 int cost;
7979 int wouldbe_col;
7980 int noinvcurs;
7981 char_u *bs;
7982 int goto_cost;
7983 int attr;
7985 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */
7986 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */
7988 #define PLAN_LE 1
7989 #define PLAN_CR 2
7990 #define PLAN_NL 3
7991 #define PLAN_WRITE 4
7992 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7993 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7994 return;
7996 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row)
7998 /* Check for valid position. */
7999 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */
8000 row = 0;
8001 if (row >= screen_Rows)
8002 row = screen_Rows - 1;
8003 if (col >= screen_Columns)
8004 col = screen_Columns - 1;
8006 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */
8007 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL)
8008 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST;
8009 else
8010 noinvcurs = 0;
8011 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs;
8014 * Plan how to do the positioning:
8015 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row.
8016 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left.
8017 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0.
8018 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars.
8020 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor
8021 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't )
8023 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write
8024 * characters to move the cursor to the right.
8026 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns)
8029 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR
8030 * or T_LE.
8032 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */
8033 attr = screen_attr;
8034 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col)
8036 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */
8037 if (*T_LE)
8038 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */
8039 else
8040 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */
8041 if (*bs)
8042 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs);
8043 else
8044 cost = 999;
8045 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */
8047 plan = PLAN_CR;
8048 wouldbe_col = 0;
8049 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */
8051 else
8053 plan = PLAN_LE;
8054 wouldbe_col = col;
8056 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
8058 cost += noinvcurs;
8059 attr = 0;
8064 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF.
8066 else if (row > screen_cur_row)
8068 plan = PLAN_NL;
8069 wouldbe_col = 0;
8070 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */
8071 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
8073 cost += noinvcurs;
8074 attr = 0;
8079 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write.
8081 else
8083 plan = PLAN_WRITE;
8084 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col;
8085 cost = 0;
8089 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the
8090 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters.
8092 i = col - wouldbe_col;
8093 if (i > 0)
8094 cost += i;
8095 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0)
8098 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally
8099 * stopping highlighting.
8101 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col;
8102 while (i && *p++ == attr)
8103 --i;
8104 if (i != 0)
8107 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here.
8109 if (*--p == 0)
8111 cost += noinvcurs;
8112 while (i && *p++ == 0)
8113 --i;
8115 if (i != 0)
8116 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */
8118 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8119 if (enc_utf8)
8121 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */
8122 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i)
8123 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0)
8125 cost = 999;
8126 break;
8129 #endif
8133 * We can do it without term_windgoto()!
8135 if (cost < goto_cost)
8137 if (plan == PLAN_LE)
8139 if (noinvcurs)
8140 screen_stop_highlight();
8141 while (screen_cur_col > col)
8143 out_str(bs);
8144 --screen_cur_col;
8147 else if (plan == PLAN_CR)
8149 if (noinvcurs)
8150 screen_stop_highlight();
8151 out_char('\r');
8152 screen_cur_col = 0;
8154 else if (plan == PLAN_NL)
8156 if (noinvcurs)
8157 screen_stop_highlight();
8158 while (screen_cur_row < row)
8160 out_char('\n');
8161 ++screen_cur_row;
8163 screen_cur_col = 0;
8166 i = col - screen_cur_col;
8167 if (i > 0)
8170 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids
8171 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when
8172 * using the bold trick in the GUI.
8174 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL)
8176 while (i-- > 0)
8177 out_char(*T_ND);
8179 else
8181 int off;
8183 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col;
8184 while (i-- > 0)
8186 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr)
8187 screen_stop_highlight();
8188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8189 out_flush_check();
8190 #endif
8191 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
8192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8193 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
8194 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
8195 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
8196 #endif
8197 ++off;
8203 else
8204 cost = 999;
8206 if (cost >= goto_cost)
8208 if (noinvcurs)
8209 screen_stop_highlight();
8210 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) &&
8211 *T_CRI != NUL)
8212 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col);
8213 else
8214 term_windgoto(row, col);
8216 screen_cur_row = row;
8217 screen_cur_col = col;
8222 * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
8224 void
8225 setcursor()
8227 if (redrawing())
8229 validate_cursor();
8230 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow,
8231 W_WINCOL(curwin) + (
8232 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8233 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide
8234 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */
8235 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - (
8236 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8237 (has_mbyte
8238 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2
8239 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 :
8240 # endif
8241 1)) :
8242 #endif
8243 curwin->w_wcol));
8249 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'
8250 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated.
8251 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8252 * scrolling.
8253 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success.
8256 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8257 win_T *wp;
8258 int row;
8259 int line_count;
8260 int invalid;
8261 int mayclear;
8263 int did_delete;
8264 int nextrow;
8265 int lastrow;
8266 int retval;
8268 if (invalid)
8269 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8271 if (wp->w_height < 5)
8272 return FAIL;
8274 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8275 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8277 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE);
8278 if (retval != MAYBE)
8279 return retval;
8282 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the
8283 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window.
8284 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid
8285 * messing up those windows, better just redraw.
8287 did_delete = FALSE;
8288 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8289 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height)
8291 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8292 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK)
8293 did_delete = TRUE;
8294 else if (wp->w_next)
8295 return FAIL;
8297 #endif
8299 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window
8301 if (!did_delete)
8303 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8304 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8305 #endif
8306 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8307 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp);
8308 lastrow = nextrow + line_count;
8309 if (lastrow > Rows)
8310 lastrow = Rows;
8311 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count,
8312 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8313 ' ', ' ', 0);
8316 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL)
8317 == FAIL)
8319 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */
8320 if (did_delete)
8322 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8323 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8324 #endif
8325 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp));
8327 return FAIL;
8330 return OK;
8334 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp"
8335 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated.
8336 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8337 * scrolling
8338 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8341 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8342 win_T *wp;
8343 int row;
8344 int line_count;
8345 int invalid;
8346 int mayclear;
8348 int retval;
8350 if (invalid)
8351 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8353 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8354 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8356 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE);
8357 if (retval != MAYBE)
8358 return retval;
8360 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count,
8361 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL)
8362 return FAIL;
8364 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8366 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the
8367 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn.
8369 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8371 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8372 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
8374 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8375 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next);
8379 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the
8380 * command line later.
8382 else
8383 #endif
8384 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8385 return OK;
8389 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines().
8390 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done.
8391 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet.
8393 static int
8394 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del)
8395 win_T *wp;
8396 int row;
8397 int line_count;
8398 int mayclear;
8399 int del;
8401 int retval;
8403 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0)
8404 return FAIL;
8406 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */
8407 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5
8408 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8409 && wp->w_width == Columns
8410 #endif
8413 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */
8414 return FAIL;
8418 * Delete all remaining lines
8420 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height)
8422 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
8423 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8424 ' ', ' ', 0);
8425 return OK;
8429 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared,
8430 * otherwise it will stay there forever.
8432 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
8435 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that.
8436 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from
8437 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using
8438 * win_line().
8439 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing
8440 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a
8441 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version.
8443 if (scroll_region
8444 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8445 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns
8446 #endif
8449 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8450 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8451 #endif
8452 scroll_region_set(wp, row);
8453 if (del)
8454 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8455 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp);
8456 else
8457 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8458 wp->w_height - row, wp);
8459 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8460 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8461 #endif
8462 scroll_region_reset();
8463 return retval;
8466 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8467 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */
8468 return FAIL;
8469 #endif
8471 return MAYBE;
8475 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw
8477 static void
8478 win_rest_invalid(wp)
8479 win_T *wp;
8481 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8482 while (wp != NULL)
8483 #else
8484 if (wp != NULL)
8485 #endif
8487 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
8488 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8489 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8490 wp = wp->w_next;
8491 #endif
8493 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8497 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
8498 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
8499 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
8500 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
8501 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
8502 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
8503 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
8507 * types for inserting or deleting lines
8509 #define USE_T_CAL 1
8510 #define USE_T_CDL 2
8511 #define USE_T_AL 3
8512 #define USE_T_CE 4
8513 #define USE_T_DL 5
8514 #define USE_T_SR 6
8515 #define USE_NL 7
8516 #define USE_T_CD 8
8517 #define USE_REDRAW 9
8520 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8521 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8522 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8523 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8525 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
8528 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp)
8529 int off;
8530 int row;
8531 int line_count;
8532 int end;
8533 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8535 int i;
8536 int j;
8537 unsigned temp;
8538 int cursor_row;
8539 int type;
8540 int result_empty;
8541 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE);
8544 * FAIL if
8545 * - there is no valid screen
8546 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8547 * - the line count is less than one
8548 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8550 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll)
8551 return FAIL;
8554 * There are seven ways to insert lines:
8555 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8556 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8557 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of
8558 * the insert is just empty lines
8559 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not
8560 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts
8561 * at once.
8562 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the
8563 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count >
8564 * 1.
8565 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists.
8566 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8567 * just empty lines.
8568 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8569 * just empty lines.
8570 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and
8571 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability.
8572 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8574 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves
8575 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it
8576 * exists.
8578 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end);
8579 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8580 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8581 type = USE_REDRAW;
8582 else
8583 #endif
8584 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8585 type = USE_T_CD;
8586 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL))
8587 type = USE_T_CAL;
8588 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce))
8589 type = USE_T_CDL;
8590 else if (*T_AL != NUL)
8591 type = USE_T_AL;
8592 else if (can_ce && result_empty)
8593 type = USE_T_CE;
8594 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty)
8595 type = USE_T_DL;
8596 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce))
8597 type = USE_T_SR;
8598 else
8599 return FAIL;
8602 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take
8603 * care of t_db if necessary.
8605 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL ||
8606 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL)
8607 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8610 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many
8611 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that
8612 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines.
8614 if (*T_DB)
8615 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8617 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8618 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen
8619 * or not the full width of the screen. */
8620 if (off + row > 0
8621 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8622 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8623 # endif
8625 clip_clear_selection();
8626 else
8627 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count);
8628 #endif
8630 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8631 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8632 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8633 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8634 #endif
8636 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8637 cursor_row = row;
8638 else
8639 cursor_row = row + off;
8642 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
8643 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8645 row += off;
8646 end += off;
8647 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8649 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8650 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8652 /* need to copy part of a line */
8653 j = end - 1 - i;
8654 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8655 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp);
8656 j += line_count;
8657 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8658 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8659 else
8660 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8661 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8663 else
8664 #endif
8666 j = end - 1 - i;
8667 temp = LineOffset[j];
8668 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8670 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8671 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8673 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp;
8674 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE;
8675 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8676 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8677 else
8678 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8682 screen_stop_highlight();
8683 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8685 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8686 /* redraw the characters */
8687 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8688 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8689 else
8690 #endif
8691 if (type == USE_T_CAL)
8693 term_append_lines(line_count);
8694 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8696 else
8698 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++)
8700 if (type == USE_T_AL)
8702 if (i && cursor_row != 0)
8703 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8704 out_str(T_AL);
8706 else /* type == USE_T_SR */
8707 out_str(T_SR);
8708 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8713 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that
8714 * have been scrolled down into the region.
8716 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA)
8718 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8720 windgoto(off + i, 0);
8721 out_str(T_CE);
8722 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8726 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8727 gui_can_update_cursor();
8728 if (gui.in_use)
8729 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8730 #endif
8731 return OK;
8735 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8736 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8737 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8738 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8740 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8743 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp)
8744 int off;
8745 int row;
8746 int line_count;
8747 int end;
8748 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */
8749 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8751 int j;
8752 int i;
8753 unsigned temp;
8754 int cursor_row;
8755 int cursor_end;
8756 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */
8757 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */
8758 int type;
8761 * FAIL if
8762 * - there is no valid screen
8763 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8764 * - the line count is less than one
8765 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8767 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 ||
8768 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll))
8769 return FAIL;
8772 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty.
8774 result_empty = row + line_count >= end;
8777 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option
8778 * available.
8780 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE));
8783 * There are six ways to delete lines:
8784 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8785 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8786 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty.
8787 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist.
8788 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or
8789 * none of the other ways work.
8790 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty.
8791 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists.
8792 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8794 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8795 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8796 type = USE_REDRAW;
8797 else
8798 #endif
8799 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8800 type = USE_T_CD;
8801 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8)
8803 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in
8804 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB !=
8805 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_*
8806 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do
8807 * the trick...
8808 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release.
8809 * (Olaf Seibert)
8811 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option
8812 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL))
8813 #else
8814 else if (row == 0 && (
8815 #ifndef AMIGA
8816 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll
8817 * up, so use delete-line command */
8818 line_count == 1 ||
8819 #endif
8820 *T_CDL == NUL))
8821 #endif
8822 type = USE_NL;
8823 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete)
8824 type = USE_T_CDL;
8825 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty
8826 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8827 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)
8828 #endif
8830 type = USE_T_CE;
8831 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete)
8832 type = USE_T_DL;
8833 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete)
8834 type = USE_T_CDL;
8835 else
8836 return FAIL;
8838 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8839 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or
8840 * not the full width of the screen. */
8841 if (off + row > 0
8842 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8843 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8844 # endif
8846 clip_clear_selection();
8847 else
8848 clip_scroll_selection(line_count);
8849 #endif
8851 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8852 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8853 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8854 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8855 #endif
8857 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8859 cursor_row = row;
8860 cursor_end = end;
8862 else
8864 cursor_row = row + off;
8865 cursor_end = end + off;
8869 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
8870 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8872 row += off;
8873 end += off;
8874 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8876 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8877 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8879 /* need to copy part of a line */
8880 j = row + i;
8881 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8882 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp);
8883 j -= line_count;
8884 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8885 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8886 else
8887 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8888 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8890 else
8891 #endif
8893 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */
8894 j = row + i;
8895 temp = LineOffset[j];
8896 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8898 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8899 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8901 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp;
8902 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE;
8903 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8904 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8905 else
8906 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8910 screen_stop_highlight();
8912 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8913 /* redraw the characters */
8914 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8915 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8916 else
8917 #endif
8918 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */
8920 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8921 out_str(T_CD);
8922 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8924 else if (type == USE_T_CDL)
8926 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8927 term_delete_lines(line_count);
8928 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8931 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll
8932 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the
8933 * last line.
8935 else if (type == USE_NL)
8937 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0);
8938 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8939 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */
8941 else
8943 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8945 if (type == USE_T_DL)
8947 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8948 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */
8950 else /* type == USE_T_CE */
8952 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0);
8953 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8955 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8960 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been
8961 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region.
8963 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL))
8965 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i)
8967 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0);
8968 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8969 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8973 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8974 gui_can_update_cursor();
8975 if (gui.in_use)
8976 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8977 #endif
8979 return OK;
8983 * show the current mode and ruler
8985 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline.
8986 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be
8987 * cleared only if a mode is shown.
8988 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
8991 showmode()
8993 int need_clear;
8994 int length = 0;
8995 int do_mode;
8996 int attr;
8997 int nwr_save;
8998 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8999 int sub_attr;
9000 #endif
9002 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
9003 && ((State & INSERT)
9004 || restart_edit
9005 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9006 || VIsual_active
9007 #endif
9009 if (do_mode || Recording)
9012 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
9013 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
9014 * it takes a bit of time.
9016 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0)
9018 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */
9019 return 0;
9022 nwr_save = need_wait_return;
9024 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */
9025 check_for_delay(FALSE);
9027 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */
9028 need_clear = clear_cmdline;
9029 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
9030 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
9032 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */
9033 msg_pos_mode();
9034 cursor_off();
9035 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */
9036 if (do_mode)
9038 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr);
9039 #if defined(FEAT_XIM)
9040 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */
9041 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable
9042 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM)
9043 # else
9044 if (
9045 # if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM)
9046 preedit_get_status()
9047 # else
9048 im_get_status()
9049 # endif
9051 # endif
9052 # if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM)
9053 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */
9054 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr);
9055 # else
9056 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr);
9057 # endif
9058 #endif
9059 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI)
9060 if (gui.in_use)
9062 if (hangul_input_state_get())
9063 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */
9065 #endif
9066 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9067 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */
9069 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow
9070 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */
9071 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
9072 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9073 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
9074 if (length > 0)
9076 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9077 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
9078 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0)
9080 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9081 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr);
9082 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr);
9084 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9086 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */
9087 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT)
9088 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl);
9089 else
9090 sub_attr = attr;
9091 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
9094 length = 0;
9096 else
9097 #endif
9099 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9100 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9101 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
9102 else
9103 #endif
9104 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9105 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
9106 else if (State & INSERT)
9108 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9109 if (p_ri)
9110 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
9111 #endif
9112 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr);
9114 else if (restart_edit == 'I')
9115 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr);
9116 else if (restart_edit == 'R')
9117 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr);
9118 else if (restart_edit == 'V')
9119 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
9120 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9121 if (p_hkmap)
9122 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
9123 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9124 if (p_fkmap)
9125 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr);
9126 # endif
9127 #endif
9128 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
9129 if (State & LANGMAP)
9131 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
9132 if (curwin->w_p_arab)
9133 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr);
9134 else
9135 # endif
9136 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr);
9138 #endif
9139 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste)
9140 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr);
9142 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9143 if (VIsual_active)
9145 char *p;
9147 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
9148 * problems. */
9149 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
9150 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
9151 + (VIsual_mode == 'V'))
9153 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
9154 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
9155 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
9156 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
9157 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
9158 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
9160 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr);
9162 #endif
9163 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr);
9166 need_clear = TRUE;
9168 if (Recording
9169 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9170 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */
9171 #endif
9174 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr);
9175 need_clear = TRUE;
9178 mode_displayed = TRUE;
9179 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline)
9180 msg_clr_eos();
9181 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */
9182 length = msg_col;
9183 msg_col = 0;
9184 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */
9186 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0)
9187 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */
9188 msg_clr_cmdline();
9190 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9191 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9192 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */
9193 if (VIsual_active)
9194 clear_showcmd();
9195 # endif
9197 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
9198 * message and must be redrawn */
9199 if (redrawing()
9200 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9201 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0
9202 # endif
9204 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE);
9205 #endif
9206 redraw_cmdline = FALSE;
9207 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
9209 return length;
9213 * Position for a mode message.
9215 static void
9216 msg_pos_mode()
9218 msg_col = 0;
9219 msg_row = Rows - 1;
9223 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
9224 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
9225 * Caller should check "mode_displayed".
9227 void
9228 unshowmode(force)
9229 int force;
9232 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
9234 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped))
9235 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */
9236 else
9238 msg_pos_mode();
9239 if (Recording)
9240 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM));
9241 msg_clr_eos();
9245 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9247 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window.
9249 static void
9250 draw_tabline()
9252 int tabcount = 0;
9253 tabpage_T *tp;
9254 int tabwidth;
9255 int col = 0;
9256 int scol = 0;
9257 int attr;
9258 win_T *wp;
9259 win_T *cwp;
9260 int wincount;
9261 int modified;
9262 int c;
9263 int len;
9264 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS);
9265 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP);
9266 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
9267 char_u *p;
9268 int room;
9269 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8
9270 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9271 && !gui.in_use
9272 #endif
9275 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9277 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
9278 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */
9279 if (gui_use_tabline())
9281 gui_update_tabline();
9282 return;
9284 #endif
9286 if (tabline_height() < 1)
9287 return;
9289 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9291 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */
9292 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol)
9293 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0;
9295 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */
9296 if (*p_tal != NUL)
9298 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9300 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the
9301 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */
9302 called_emsg = FALSE;
9303 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE);
9304 if (called_emsg)
9305 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1,
9306 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9307 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9309 else
9310 #endif
9312 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
9313 ++tabcount;
9315 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount;
9316 if (tabwidth < 6)
9317 tabwidth = 6;
9319 attr = attr_nosel;
9320 tabcount = 0;
9321 scol = 0;
9322 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4;
9323 tp = tp->tp_next)
9325 scol = col;
9327 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe)
9328 attr = attr_sel;
9329 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0)
9330 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr);
9332 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe)
9333 attr = attr_nosel;
9335 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9337 if (tp == curtab)
9339 cwp = curwin;
9340 wp = firstwin;
9342 else
9344 cwp = tp->tp_curwin;
9345 wp = tp->tp_firstwin;
9348 modified = FALSE;
9349 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount)
9350 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
9351 modified = TRUE;
9352 if (modified || wincount > 1)
9354 if (wincount > 1)
9356 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount);
9357 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
9358 if (col + len >= Columns - 3)
9359 break;
9360 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col,
9361 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
9362 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T))
9363 #else
9364 attr
9365 #endif
9367 col += len;
9369 if (modified)
9370 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr);
9371 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9374 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1;
9375 if (room > 0)
9377 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */
9378 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
9379 shorten_dir(NameBuff);
9380 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff);
9381 p = NameBuff;
9382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9383 if (has_mbyte)
9384 while (len > room)
9386 len -= ptr2cells(p);
9387 mb_ptr_adv(p);
9389 else
9390 #endif
9391 if (len > room)
9393 p += len - room;
9394 len = room;
9396 if (len > Columns - col - 1)
9397 len = Columns - col - 1;
9399 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr);
9400 col += len;
9402 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9404 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that
9405 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */
9406 ++tabcount;
9407 while (scol < col)
9408 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount;
9411 if (use_sep_chars)
9412 c = '_';
9413 else
9414 c = ' ';
9415 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill);
9417 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */
9418 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9420 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel);
9421 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999;
9425 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be
9426 * set. */
9427 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9431 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[].
9432 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters.
9434 void
9435 get_trans_bufname(buf)
9436 buf_T *buf;
9438 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL)
9439 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf));
9440 else
9441 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
9442 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
9444 #endif
9446 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9448 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr".
9450 static int
9451 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin)
9452 int *attr;
9453 int is_curwin;
9455 int fill;
9456 if (is_curwin)
9458 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S);
9459 fill = fill_stl;
9461 else
9463 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC);
9464 fill = fill_stlnc;
9466 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
9467 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
9468 * current window */
9469 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC)
9470 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin)
9471 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc)))
9472 return fill;
9473 if (is_curwin)
9474 return '^';
9475 return '=';
9477 #endif
9479 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9481 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
9482 * Get its attributes in "*attr".
9484 static int
9485 fillchar_vsep(attr)
9486 int *attr;
9488 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C);
9489 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ')
9490 return '|';
9491 else
9492 return fill_vert;
9494 #endif
9497 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
9500 redrawing()
9502 return (!RedrawingDisabled
9503 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw));
9507 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
9510 messaging()
9512 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped));
9516 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places
9517 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed.
9519 void
9520 showruler(always)
9521 int always;
9523 if (!always && !redrawing())
9524 return;
9525 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9526 if (pum_visible())
9528 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9529 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
9530 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9531 # endif
9532 return;
9534 #endif
9535 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9536 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height)
9538 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin);
9540 else
9541 #endif
9542 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9543 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
9544 #endif
9546 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
9547 if (need_maketitle
9548 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9549 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
9550 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))
9551 # endif
9553 maketitle();
9554 #endif
9555 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9556 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
9557 if (redraw_tabline)
9558 draw_tabline();
9559 #endif
9562 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9563 static void
9564 win_redr_ruler(wp, always)
9565 win_T *wp;
9566 int always;
9568 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70
9569 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN];
9570 int row;
9571 int fillchar;
9572 int attr;
9573 int empty_line = FALSE;
9574 colnr_T virtcol;
9575 int i;
9576 size_t len;
9577 int o;
9578 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9579 int this_ru_col;
9580 int off = 0;
9581 int width = Columns;
9582 # define WITH_OFF(x) x
9583 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x
9584 #else
9585 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0
9586 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns
9587 # define this_ru_col ru_col
9588 #endif
9590 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */
9591 if (!p_ru)
9592 return;
9595 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
9596 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
9598 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9599 return;
9601 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9602 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
9603 * the (long) mode message. */
9604 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9605 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
9606 # endif
9607 if (edit_submode != NULL)
9608 return;
9609 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */
9610 if (pum_visible())
9611 return;
9612 #endif
9614 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9615 if (*p_ruf)
9617 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9619 called_emsg = FALSE;
9620 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE);
9621 if (called_emsg)
9622 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1,
9623 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9624 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9625 return;
9627 #endif
9630 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
9632 if (!(State & INSERT)
9633 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL)
9634 empty_line = TRUE;
9637 * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
9639 validate_virtcol_win(wp);
9640 if ( redraw_cmdline
9641 || always
9642 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
9643 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
9644 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
9645 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9646 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
9647 #endif
9648 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
9649 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
9650 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9651 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
9652 #endif
9653 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty)
9655 cursor_off();
9656 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9657 if (wp->w_status_height)
9659 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
9660 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
9661 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9662 off = W_WINCOL(wp);
9663 width = W_WIDTH(wp);
9664 # endif
9666 else
9667 #endif
9669 row = Rows - 1;
9670 fillchar = ' ';
9671 attr = 0;
9672 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9673 width = Columns;
9674 off = 0;
9675 #endif
9678 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */
9679 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9680 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL)
9682 wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
9683 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
9684 wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
9688 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
9689 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
9691 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,",
9692 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
9693 ? 0L
9694 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum));
9695 len = STRLEN(buffer);
9696 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len,
9697 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
9698 (int)virtcol + 1);
9701 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
9702 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
9703 * screen up on some terminals).
9705 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
9706 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1);
9707 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
9708 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9709 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */
9710 #endif
9711 ++o;
9712 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9713 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
9714 if (this_ru_col < 0)
9715 this_ru_col = 0;
9716 #endif
9717 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other
9718 * half for the filename. */
9719 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2)
9720 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2;
9721 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9723 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9725 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9726 if (has_mbyte)
9727 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i);
9728 else
9729 #endif
9730 buffer[i++] = fillchar;
9731 ++o;
9733 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i);
9735 /* Truncate at window boundary. */
9736 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9737 if (has_mbyte)
9739 o = 0;
9740 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i))
9742 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i);
9743 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9745 buffer[i] = NUL;
9746 break;
9750 else
9751 #endif
9752 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9753 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL;
9755 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr);
9756 i = redraw_cmdline;
9757 screen_fill(row, row + 1,
9758 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer),
9759 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)),
9760 fillchar, fillchar, attr);
9761 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */
9762 redraw_cmdline = i;
9763 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
9764 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9765 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
9766 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
9767 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9768 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9769 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
9770 #endif
9773 #endif
9775 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
9777 * Return the width of the 'number' column.
9778 * Caller may need to check if 'number' is set.
9779 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
9782 number_width(wp)
9783 win_T *wp;
9785 int n;
9786 linenr_T lnum;
9788 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9789 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count)
9790 return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
9791 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
9793 n = 0;
9796 lnum /= 10;
9797 ++n;
9798 } while (lnum > 0);
9800 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */
9801 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1)
9802 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
9804 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
9805 return n;
9807 #endif